Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code ยป

Commit 8be05ef58536c58e785e1af73e1c29a30b762b67

Authored by Nitin Garg
1 parent 9df046d30b
Exists in smarc-imx-l5.0.0_1.0.0-ga

MLK-10524: iMX6x: Implement workaround for Cortex-A9 errata 845369 

Under very rare timing circumstances, transitioning into streaming
mode might create a data corruption. Present on Two or more processors
or 1 core with ACP, all revisions. This erratum can be worked round
by setting bit[22] of the undocumented Diagnostic Control Register to 1.

Signed-off-by: Nitin Garg <nitin.garg@freescale.com>
(cherry picked from commit 70ad44e523680de67dd8b7a7505d7f27799980ee)

Showing 3 changed files with 7 additions and 0 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board 38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
39 maintainers. 39 maintainers.
40 40
41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43 43
44 make CHANGELOG 44 make CHANGELOG
45 45
46 46
47 Where to get help: 47 Where to get help:
48 ================== 48 ==================
49 49
50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
56 56
57 57
58 Where to get source code: 58 Where to get source code:
59 ========================= 59 =========================
60 60
61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64 64
65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68 directory. 68 directory.
69 69
70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72 72
73 73
74 Where we come from: 74 Where we come from:
75 =================== 75 ===================
76 76
77 - start from 8xxrom sources 77 - start from 8xxrom sources
78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
79 - clean up code 79 - clean up code
80 - make it easier to add custom boards 80 - make it easier to add custom boards
81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82 - extend functions, especially: 82 - extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download 84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot 85 * network boot
86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
91 91
92 92
93 Names and Spelling: 93 Names and Spelling:
94 =================== 94 ===================
95 95
96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98 in source files etc.). Example: 98 in source files etc.). Example:
99 99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101 101
102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103 103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105 105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107 107
108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110 110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113 113
114 114
115 Versioning: 115 Versioning:
116 =========== 116 ===========
117 117
118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124 124
125 Examples: 125 Examples:
126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
129 129
130 130
131 Directory Hierarchy: 131 Directory Hierarchy:
132 ==================== 132 ====================
133 133
134 /arch Architecture specific files 134 /arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files 136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files 146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files 148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files 149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files 151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files 152 /lib Architecture specific library files
153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files 154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files 160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files 162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files 163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files 165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
168 /lib Architecture specific library files 168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files 170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files 174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files 175 /lib Architecture specific library files
176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files 177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files 178 /lib Architecture specific library files
179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
180 /cpu CPU specific files 180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files 189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files 191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files 195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files 197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files 200 /lib Architecture specific library files
201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files 202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files 203 /lib Architecture specific library files
204 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 204 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205 /board Board dependent files 205 /board Board dependent files
206 /common Misc architecture independent functions 206 /common Misc architecture independent functions
207 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 207 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 208 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 209 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
210 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 210 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
211 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 211 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 212 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213 /include Header Files 213 /include Header Files
214 /lib Files generic to all architectures 214 /lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218 /net Networking code 218 /net Networking code
219 /post Power On Self Test 219 /post Power On Self Test
220 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework 220 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework
221 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 221 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
222 222
223 Software Configuration: 223 Software Configuration:
224 ======================= 224 =======================
225 225
226 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 226 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 227 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228 228
229 There are two classes of configuration variables: 229 There are two classes of configuration variables:
230 230
231 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 231 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_". 233 "CONFIG_".
234 234
235 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 235 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
238 "CONFIG_SYS_". 238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
239 239
240 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 240 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 241 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 242 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 243 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244 as an example here. 244 as an example here.
245 245
246 246
247 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 247 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248 --------------------------------------------------- 248 ---------------------------------------------------
249 249
250 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 250 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 251 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252 252
253 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 253 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254 254
255 cd u-boot 255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config 256 make TQM823L_config
257 257
258 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 258 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
259 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 259 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 260 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261 261
262 262
263 Configuration Options: 263 Configuration Options:
264 ---------------------- 264 ----------------------
265 265
266 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 266 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267 such information is kept in a configuration file 267 such information is kept in a configuration file
268 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 268 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269 269
270 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 270 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 271 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272 272
273 273
274 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 274 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 275 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276 build a config tool - later. 276 build a config tool - later.
277 277
278 278
279 The following options need to be configured: 279 The following options need to be configured:
280 280
281 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 281 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
282 282
283 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 283 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
284 284
285 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 285 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
287 287
288 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 288 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of 289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 291 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294 294
295 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 295 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of 296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298 298
299 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 299 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of 300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302 301 CONFIG_CMA302
302 302
303 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 303 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of 304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
306 the LCD display every second with 306 the LCD display every second with
307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308 308
309 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 309 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are: 311 Possible values are:
312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
316 316
317 - Marvell Family Member 317 - Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time 319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family 320 for marvell soc family
321 321
322 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 322 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
323 Define exactly one of 323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
325 325
326 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 326 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock 330 reference PIT/RTC clock
331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL) 332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
333 333
334 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 334 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
338 See doc/README.MPC866 338 See doc/README.MPC866
339 339
340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
341 341
342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured 343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
348 348
349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350 350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the 351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353 353
354 - 85xx CPU Options: 354 - 85xx CPU Options:
355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356 356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons. 359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360 360
361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362 362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366 366
367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368 368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform. 370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371 371
372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373 373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose. 379 purpose.
380 380
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382 382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386 386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389 389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392 392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397 397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum. 399 this erratum.
400 400
401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot. 403 requred during NOR boot.
404 404
405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406 406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround. 408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409 409
410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413 413
414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417 417
418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core. 420 connected to the DSP core.
421 421
422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424 424
425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429 429
430 - Generic CPU options: 430 - Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432 432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific. 434 values is arch specific.
435 435
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs. 439 SoCs.
440 440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443 443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available. 446 deskew training are not available.
447 447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller. 449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450 450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller. 452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453 453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller. 455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456 456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459 459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation. 463 implemetation.
464 464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with 466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation. 468 implementation.
469 469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers. 472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473 473
474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE 474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian 475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476 476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE 477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian 478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479 479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI 480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. 481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483 483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW 484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. 485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. 486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488 488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE 489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian 490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491 491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE 492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian 493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494 494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY 495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the 496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But 497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs. 498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499 499
500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B 500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special 501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape 502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core. 503 SoCs with ARM core.
504 504
505 - Intel Monahans options: 505 - Intel Monahans options:
506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
507 507
508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
511 511
512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
513 513
514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
517 by this value. 517 by this value.
518 518
519 - MIPS CPU options: 519 - MIPS CPU options:
520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
521 521
522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
524 relocation. 524 relocation.
525 525
526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
527 527
528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
530 Possible values are: 530 Possible values are:
531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
539 539
540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
541 541
542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
544 544
545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
546 546
547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
550 550
551 - ARM options: 551 - ARM options:
552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
553 553
554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
556 556
557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
558 558
559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
563 GCC. 563 GCC.
564 564
565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
569 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 569 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
570 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 570 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
571 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_845369
571 572
572 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 573 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
573 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 574 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
574 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 575 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
575 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 576 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
576 set these options unless they apply! 577 set these options unless they apply!
577 578
578 - CPU timer options: 579 - CPU timer options:
579 CONFIG_SYS_HZ 580 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
580 581
581 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 582 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
582 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 583 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
583 option must be set to 1000. 584 option must be set to 1000.
584 585
585 - Linux Kernel Interface: 586 - Linux Kernel Interface:
586 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 587 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
587 588
588 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 589 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
589 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 590 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
590 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 591 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
591 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 592 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
592 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 593 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
593 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 594 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
594 Linux kernel. 595 Linux kernel.
595 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 596 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
596 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 597 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
597 default environment. 598 default environment.
598 599
599 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 600 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
600 601
601 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 602 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
602 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 603 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
603 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 604 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
604 605
605 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 606 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
606 607
607 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 608 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
608 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 609 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
609 concepts). 610 concepts).
610 611
611 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 612 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
612 * New libfdt-based support 613 * New libfdt-based support
613 * Adds the "fdt" command 614 * Adds the "fdt" command
614 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 615 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
615 616
616 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 617 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
617 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 618 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
618 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 619 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
619 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 620 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
620 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 621 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
621 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 622 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
622 623
623 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 624 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
624 addresses 625 addresses
625 626
626 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 627 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
627 628
628 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 629 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
629 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 630 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
630 631
631 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 632 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
632 633
633 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 634 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
634 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 635 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
635 636
636 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 637 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
637 638
638 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 639 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
639 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 640 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
640 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 641 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
641 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 642 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
642 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 643 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
643 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 644 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
644 645
645 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 646 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
646 647
647 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 648 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
648 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 649 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
649 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 650 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
650 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 651 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
651 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 652 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
652 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 653 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
653 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 654 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
654 655
655 - vxWorks boot parameters: 656 - vxWorks boot parameters:
656 657
657 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 658 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
658 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 659 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
659 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 660 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
660 661
661 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 663 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
663 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 665 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
665 666
666 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 667 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
667 668
668 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 669 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
669 670
670 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 671 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
671 the defaults discussed just above. 672 the defaults discussed just above.
672 673
673 - Cache Configuration: 674 - Cache Configuration:
674 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 675 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
675 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 676 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
676 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 677 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
677 678
678 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 679 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
679 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 680 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
680 controller 681 controller
681 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 682 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
682 controller register space 683 controller register space
683 684
684 - Serial Ports: 685 - Serial Ports:
685 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 686 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
686 687
687 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 688 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
688 689
689 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 690 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
690 691
691 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 692 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
692 693
693 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 694 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
694 695
695 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 696 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
696 the clock speed of the UARTs. 697 the clock speed of the UARTs.
697 698
698 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 699 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
699 700
700 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 701 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
701 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 702 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
702 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 703 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
703 704
704 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 705 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
705 706
706 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 707 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
707 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 708 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
708 this variable to initialize the extra register. 709 this variable to initialize the extra register.
709 710
710 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 711 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
711 712
712 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 713 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
713 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 714 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
714 variable to flush the UART at init time. 715 variable to flush the UART at init time.
715 716
716 717
717 - Console Interface: 718 - Console Interface:
718 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 719 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
719 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 720 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
720 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 721 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
721 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 722 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
722 723
723 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 724 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
724 port routines must be defined elsewhere 725 port routines must be defined elsewhere
725 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 726 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
726 727
727 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 728 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
728 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 729 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
729 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 730 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
730 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 731 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
731 (default big endian) 732 (default big endian)
732 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 733 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
733 rectangle fill 734 rectangle fill
734 (cf. smiLynxEM) 735 (cf. smiLynxEM)
735 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 736 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
736 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 737 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
737 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 738 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
738 (cols=pitch) 739 (cols=pitch)
739 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 740 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
740 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 741 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
741 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 742 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
742 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 743 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
743 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 744 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
744 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 745 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
745 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 746 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
746 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 747 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
747 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 748 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
748 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 749 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
749 (i.e. i8042_getc) 750 (i.e. i8042_getc)
750 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 751 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
751 (requires blink timer 752 (requires blink timer
752 cf. i8042.c) 753 cf. i8042.c)
753 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 754 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
754 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 755 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
755 upper right corner 756 upper right corner
756 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 757 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
757 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 758 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
758 upper left corner 759 upper left corner
759 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 760 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
760 linux_logo.h for logo. 761 linux_logo.h for logo.
761 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 762 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
762 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 763 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
763 additional board info beside 764 additional board info beside
764 the logo 765 the logo
765 766
766 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 767 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
767 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 768 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
768 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 769 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
769 770
770 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 771 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
771 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 772 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
772 environment 'console=serial'. 773 environment 'console=serial'.
773 774
774 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 775 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
775 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 776 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
776 the "silent" environment variable. See 777 the "silent" environment variable. See
777 doc/README.silent for more information. 778 doc/README.silent for more information.
778 779
779 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default 780 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
780 is 0x00. 781 is 0x00.
781 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default 782 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
782 is 0xa0. 783 is 0xa0.
783 784
784 - Console Baudrate: 785 - Console Baudrate:
785 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 786 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
786 Select one of the baudrates listed in 787 Select one of the baudrates listed in
787 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 788 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
788 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 789 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
789 790
790 - Console Rx buffer length 791 - Console Rx buffer length
791 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 792 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
792 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 793 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
793 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 794 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
794 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 795 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
795 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 796 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
796 the SMC. 797 the SMC.
797 798
798 - Pre-Console Buffer: 799 - Pre-Console Buffer:
799 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 800 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
800 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 801 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
801 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 802 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
802 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 803 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
803 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 804 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
804 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 805 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
805 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 806 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
806 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 807 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
807 earlier bytes are discarded. 808 earlier bytes are discarded.
808 809
809 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 810 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
810 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 811 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
811 812
812 - Safe printf() functions 813 - Safe printf() functions
813 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 814 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
814 the printf() functions. These are defined in 815 the printf() functions. These are defined in
815 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 816 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
816 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 817 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
817 If this option is not given then these functions will 818 If this option is not given then these functions will
818 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 819 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
819 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 820 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
820 821
821 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 822 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
822 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 823 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
823 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 824 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
824 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 825 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
825 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 826 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
826 827
827 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 828 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
828 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 829 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
829 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 830 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
830 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 831 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
831 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 835 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
835 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 836 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
836 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 837 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
837 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 838 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
838 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 839 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
839 840
840 - Autoboot Command: 841 - Autoboot Command:
841 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 842 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
842 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 843 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
843 define a command string that is automatically executed 844 define a command string that is automatically executed
844 when no character is read on the console interface 845 when no character is read on the console interface
845 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 846 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
846 847
847 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 848 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
848 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 849 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
849 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 850 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
850 environment value "bootargs". 851 environment value "bootargs".
851 852
852 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 853 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
853 The value of these goes into the environment as 854 The value of these goes into the environment as
854 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 855 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
855 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 856 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
856 RAM and NFS. 857 RAM and NFS.
857 858
858 - Bootcount: 859 - Bootcount:
859 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 860 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
860 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 861 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
861 cycle, see: 862 cycle, see:
862 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 863 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
863 864
864 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 865 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
865 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 866 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
866 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 867 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
867 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 868 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
868 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 869 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
869 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 870 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
870 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 871 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
871 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 872 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
872 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 873 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
873 874
874 - Pre-Boot Commands: 875 - Pre-Boot Commands:
875 CONFIG_PREBOOT 876 CONFIG_PREBOOT
876 877
877 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 878 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
878 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 879 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
879 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 880 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
880 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 881 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
881 entering interactive mode. 882 entering interactive mode.
882 883
883 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 884 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
884 automatically generated or modified. For an example 885 automatically generated or modified. For an example
885 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 886 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
886 modified when the user holds down a certain 887 modified when the user holds down a certain
887 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 888 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
888 booting the systems 889 booting the systems
889 890
890 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 891 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
891 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 892 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
892 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 893 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
893 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 894 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
894 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 895 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
895 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 896 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
896 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 897 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
897 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 898 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
898 899
899 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 900 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
900 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 901 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
901 Select one of the baudrates listed in 902 Select one of the baudrates listed in
902 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 903 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
903 904
904 - Monitor Functions: 905 - Monitor Functions:
905 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 906 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
906 from the build by using the #include files 907 from the build by using the #include files
907 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 908 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
908 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 909 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
909 and augmenting with additional #define's 910 and augmenting with additional #define's
910 for wanted commands. 911 for wanted commands.
911 912
912 The default command configuration includes all commands 913 The default command configuration includes all commands
913 except those marked below with a "*". 914 except those marked below with a "*".
914 915
915 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 916 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
916 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 917 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
917 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 918 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
918 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 919 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
919 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 920 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
920 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 921 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
921 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 922 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
922 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support 923 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
923 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 924 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
924 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 925 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
925 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 926 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
926 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 927 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
927 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 928 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
928 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 930 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
930 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 931 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
931 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 932 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
932 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 933 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
933 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 934 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
934 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 935 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
935 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 936 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
936 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 937 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
937 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 938 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
938 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 939 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
939 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 940 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
940 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 941 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
941 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 942 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
942 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 943 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
943 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) 944 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
944 that work for multiple fs types 945 that work for multiple fs types
945 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 946 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
946 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 947 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
947 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 948 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
948 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 949 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
949 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 950 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
950 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 951 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
951 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 952 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
952 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 953 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
953 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 954 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
954 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 955 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
955 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 956 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
956 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 957 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
957 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 958 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
958 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 959 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
959 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 960 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
960 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 961 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
961 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 962 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
962 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 963 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
963 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 964 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
964 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 965 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
965 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 966 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
966 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 967 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
967 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 968 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
968 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 969 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
969 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 970 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
970 (169.254.*.*) 971 (169.254.*.*)
971 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 972 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
972 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 973 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
973 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 974 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
974 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 975 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
975 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 977 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
977 loop, loopw 978 loop, loopw
978 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 979 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
979 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 980 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
980 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 981 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
981 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 982 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
982 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 983 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
983 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 984 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
984 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 985 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
985 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 986 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
986 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 987 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
987 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 988 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
988 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 989 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
989 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 990 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
990 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 991 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
991 host 992 host
992 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 993 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
993 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 994 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
994 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 995 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
995 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 996 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
996 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 997 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
997 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 998 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
998 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 999 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
999 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 1000 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1000 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 1001 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1001 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 1002 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1002 (4xx only) 1003 (4xx only)
1003 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 1004 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
1004 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 1005 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
1005 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 1006 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
1006 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 1007 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
1007 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 1008 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
1008 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 1009 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
1009 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 1010 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
1010 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 1011 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
1011 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 1012 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1012 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 1013 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
1013 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 1014 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
1014 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 1015 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
1015 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 1016 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 1017 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
1017 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string 1018 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
1018 1019
1019 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 1020 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1020 support you can write: 1021 support you can write:
1021 1022
1022 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 1023 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1023 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 1024 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
1024 1025
1025 Other Commands: 1026 Other Commands:
1026 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1027 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
1027 1028
1028 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 1029 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
1029 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 1030 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
1030 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 1031 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1031 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 1032 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1032 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 1033 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1033 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 1034 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1034 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 1035 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1035 initial stack and some data. 1036 initial stack and some data.
1036 1037
1037 1038
1038 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 1039 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1039 1040
1040 - Regular expression support: 1041 - Regular expression support:
1041 CONFIG_REGEX 1042 CONFIG_REGEX
1042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 1043 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1043 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 1044 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1044 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 1045 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1045 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 1046 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
1046 1047
1047 - Device tree: 1048 - Device tree:
1048 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1049 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1050 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1050 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1051 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1051 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1052 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1052 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1053 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1053 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1054 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1054 1055
1055 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1056 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1056 be done using one of the two options below: 1057 be done using one of the two options below:
1057 1058
1058 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1059 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1059 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1060 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1060 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1061 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1061 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1062 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1062 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1063 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1063 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1064 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1064 1065
1065 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1066 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1066 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1067 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1067 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1068 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1068 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1069 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1069 1070
1070 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1071 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1071 1072
1072 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1073 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1073 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1074 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1074 still use the individual files if you need something more 1075 still use the individual files if you need something more
1075 exotic. 1076 exotic.
1076 1077
1077 - Watchdog: 1078 - Watchdog:
1078 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1079 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1079 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1080 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1080 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1081 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1081 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1082 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1082 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1083 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1083 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1084 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1084 available, then no further board specific code should 1085 available, then no further board specific code should
1085 be needed to use it. 1086 be needed to use it.
1086 1087
1087 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1088 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1088 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1089 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1089 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1090 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1090 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1091 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1091 1092
1092 - U-Boot Version: 1093 - U-Boot Version:
1093 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1094 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1094 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1095 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1095 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1096 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1096 version as printed by the "version" command. 1097 version as printed by the "version" command.
1097 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1098 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1098 next reset. 1099 next reset.
1099 1100
1100 - Real-Time Clock: 1101 - Real-Time Clock:
1101 1102
1102 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1103 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1103 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1104 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1104 following options: 1105 following options:
1105 1106
1106 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1107 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1107 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1108 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1108 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1109 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1109 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1110 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1110 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1111 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1111 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1112 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1112 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1113 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1113 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1114 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1114 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1115 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1115 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1116 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1116 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1117 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1117 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1118 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1118 RV3029 RTC. 1119 RV3029 RTC.
1119 1120
1120 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1121 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1121 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1122 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1122 1123
1123 - GPIO Support: 1124 - GPIO Support:
1124 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1125 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1125 1126
1126 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1127 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1127 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1128 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1128 pins supported by a particular chip. 1129 pins supported by a particular chip.
1129 1130
1130 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1131 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1131 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1132 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1132 1133
1133 - Timestamp Support: 1134 - Timestamp Support:
1134 1135
1135 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1136 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1136 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1137 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1137 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1138 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1138 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1139 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1139 1140
1140 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1141 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1141 Zero or more of the following: 1142 Zero or more of the following:
1142 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1143 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1143 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1144 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1144 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1145 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1145 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1146 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1146 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1147 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1147 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1148 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1148 disk/part_efi.c 1149 disk/part_efi.c
1149 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1150 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1150 1151
1151 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1152 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1152 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1153 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1153 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1154 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1154 1155
1155 - IDE Reset method: 1156 - IDE Reset method:
1156 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1157 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1157 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1158 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1158 1159
1159 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1160 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1160 be performed by calling the function 1161 be performed by calling the function
1161 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1162 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1162 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1163 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1163 1164
1164 - ATAPI Support: 1165 - ATAPI Support:
1165 CONFIG_ATAPI 1166 CONFIG_ATAPI
1166 1167
1167 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1168 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1168 1169
1169 - LBA48 Support 1170 - LBA48 Support
1170 CONFIG_LBA48 1171 CONFIG_LBA48
1171 1172
1172 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1173 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1173 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1174 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1174 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1175 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1175 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1176 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1176 1177
1177 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1178 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1178 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1179 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1179 Default is 32bit. 1180 Default is 32bit.
1180 1181
1181 - SCSI Support: 1182 - SCSI Support:
1182 At the moment only there is only support for the 1183 At the moment only there is only support for the
1183 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1184 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1184 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1185 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1185 1186
1186 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1187 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1187 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1188 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1188 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1189 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1189 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1190 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1190 devices. 1191 devices.
1191 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1192 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1192 1193
1193 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1194 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1194 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1195 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1195 1196
1196 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1197 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1197 CONFIG_E1000 1198 CONFIG_E1000
1198 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1199 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1199 1200
1200 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1201 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1201 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1202 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1202 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1203 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1203 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1204 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1204 1205
1205 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1206 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1206 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1207 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1207 example with the "sspi" command. 1208 example with the "sspi" command.
1208 1209
1209 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1210 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1210 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1211 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1211 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1212 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1212 1213
1213 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1214 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
1214 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1215 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
1215 1216
1216 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1217 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1217 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1218 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1218 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1219 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1219 write routine for first time initialisation. 1220 write routine for first time initialisation.
1220 1221
1221 CONFIG_TULIP 1222 CONFIG_TULIP
1222 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1223 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1223 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1224 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1224 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1225 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1225 1226
1226 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1227 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1227 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1228 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1228 1229
1229 CONFIG_NS8382X 1230 CONFIG_NS8382X
1230 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1231 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1231 1232
1232 - NETWORK Support (other): 1233 - NETWORK Support (other):
1233 1234
1234 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1235 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1235 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1236 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1236 1237
1237 CONFIG_RMII 1238 CONFIG_RMII
1238 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1239 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1239 1240
1240 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1241 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1241 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1242 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1242 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1243 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1243 1244
1244 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1245 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1245 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1246 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1246 1247
1247 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1248 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1248 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1249 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1249 1250
1250 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1251 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1251 Define this to hold the physical address 1252 Define this to hold the physical address
1252 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1253 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1253 1254
1254 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1255 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1255 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1256 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1256 1257
1257 CONFIG_SMC91111 1258 CONFIG_SMC91111
1258 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1259 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1259 1260
1260 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1261 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1261 Define this to hold the physical address 1262 Define this to hold the physical address
1262 of the device (I/O space) 1263 of the device (I/O space)
1263 1264
1264 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1265 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1265 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1266 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1266 1267
1267 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1268 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1268 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1269 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1269 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1270 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1270 1271
1271 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1272 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1272 Support for davinci emac 1273 Support for davinci emac
1273 1274
1274 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1275 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1275 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1276 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1276 1277
1277 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1278 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1278 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1279 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1279 1280
1280 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1281 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1281 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1282 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1282 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1283 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1283 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1284 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1284 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1285 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1285 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1286 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1286 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1287 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1287 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1288 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1288 1289
1289 CONFIG_SMC911X 1290 CONFIG_SMC911X
1290 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1291 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1291 1292
1292 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1293 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1293 Define this to hold the physical address 1294 Define this to hold the physical address
1294 of the device (I/O space) 1295 of the device (I/O space)
1295 1296
1296 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1297 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1297 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1298 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1298 1299
1299 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1300 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1300 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1301 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1301 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1302 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1302 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1303 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1303 1304
1304 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1305 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1305 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1306 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1306 1307
1307 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1308 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1308 Define the number of ports to be used 1309 Define the number of ports to be used
1309 1310
1310 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1311 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1311 Define the ETH PHY's address 1312 Define the ETH PHY's address
1312 1313
1313 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1314 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1314 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1315 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1315 1316
1316 - TPM Support: 1317 - TPM Support:
1317 CONFIG_TPM 1318 CONFIG_TPM
1318 Support TPM devices. 1319 Support TPM devices.
1319 1320
1320 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C 1321 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1321 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1322 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1322 per system is supported at this time. 1323 per system is supported at this time.
1323 1324
1324 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER 1325 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1325 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device 1326 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1326 1327
1327 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1328 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1328 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus 1329 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1329 1330
1330 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1331 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1331 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1332 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1332 1333
1333 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1334 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1334 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1335 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1335 1336
1336 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1337 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1337 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1338 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1338 per system is supported at this time. 1339 per system is supported at this time.
1339 1340
1340 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1341 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1341 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1342 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1342 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1343 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1343 0xfed40000. 1344 0xfed40000.
1344 1345
1345 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1346 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1346 Add tpm monitor functions. 1347 Add tpm monitor functions.
1347 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1348 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1348 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1349 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1349 1350
1350 CONFIG_TPM 1351 CONFIG_TPM
1351 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1352 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1352 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1353 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1353 Requires support for a TPM device. 1354 Requires support for a TPM device.
1354 1355
1355 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1356 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1356 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1357 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1357 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1358 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1358 1359
1359 - USB Support: 1360 - USB Support:
1360 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1361 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1361 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1362 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1362 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1363 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1363 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1364 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1364 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1365 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1365 storage devices. 1366 storage devices.
1366 Note: 1367 Note:
1367 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1368 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1368 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1369 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1369 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1370 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1370 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1371 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1371 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1372 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1372 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1373 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1373 for USB on PSC3 1374 for USB on PSC3
1374 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1375 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1375 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1376 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1376 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1377 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1377 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1378 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1378 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1379 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1379 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1380 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1380 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1381 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1381 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1382 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1382 1383
1383 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1384 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1384 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1385 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1385 1386
1386 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum 1387 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1387 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) 1388 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1388 1389
1389 - USB Device: 1390 - USB Device:
1390 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1391 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1391 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1392 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1392 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1393 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1393 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1394 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1394 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1395 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1395 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1396 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1396 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1397 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1397 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1398 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1398 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1399 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1399 a Linux host by 1400 a Linux host by
1400 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1401 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1401 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1402 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1402 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1403 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1403 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1404 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1404 1405
1405 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1406 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1406 Define this to build a UDC device 1407 Define this to build a UDC device
1407 1408
1408 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1409 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1409 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1410 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1410 talk to the UDC device 1411 talk to the UDC device
1411 1412
1412 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1413 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1413 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1414 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1414 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1415 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1415 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1416 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1416 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1417 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1417 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1418 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1418 speed. 1419 speed.
1419 1420
1420 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1421 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1421 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1422 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1422 be set to usbtty. 1423 be set to usbtty.
1423 1424
1424 mpc8xx: 1425 mpc8xx:
1425 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1426 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1426 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1427 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1427 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1428 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1428 1429
1429 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1430 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1430 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1431 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1431 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1432 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1432 1433
1433 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1434 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1434 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1435 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1435 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1436 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1436 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1437 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1437 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1438 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1438 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1439 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1439 1440
1440 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1441 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1441 Define this string as the name of your company for 1442 Define this string as the name of your company for
1442 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1443 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1443 1444
1444 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1445 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1445 Define this string as the name of your product 1446 Define this string as the name of your product
1446 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1447 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1447 1448
1448 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1449 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1449 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1450 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1450 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1451 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1451 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1452 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1452 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1453 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1453 1454
1454 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1455 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1455 Define this as the unique Product ID 1456 Define this as the unique Product ID
1456 for your device 1457 for your device
1457 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1458 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1458 1459
1459 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. 1460 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1460 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: 1461 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1461 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK 1462 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1462 This enables function definition: 1463 This enables function definition:
1463 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h 1464 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1464 Implementation of this function is board-specific. 1465 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1465 1466
1466 - ULPI Layer Support: 1467 - ULPI Layer Support:
1467 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1468 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1468 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1469 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1469 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1470 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1470 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1471 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1471 viewport is supported. 1472 viewport is supported.
1472 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1473 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1473 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1474 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1474 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1475 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1475 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1476 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1476 the appropriate value in Hz. 1477 the appropriate value in Hz.
1477 1478
1478 - MMC Support: 1479 - MMC Support:
1479 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1480 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1480 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1481 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1481 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1482 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1482 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1483 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1483 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1484 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1484 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1485 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1485 1486
1486 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1487 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1487 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1488 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1488 1489
1489 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1490 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1490 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1491 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1491 1492
1492 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1493 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1493 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1494 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1494 1495
1495 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1496 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1496 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1497 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1497 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1498 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1498 1499
1499 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1500 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1500 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1501 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1501 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1502 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1502 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1503 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1503 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1504 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1504 1505
1505 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1506 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1506 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1507 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1507 1508
1508 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1509 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1509 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1510 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1510 1511
1511 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1512 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1512 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1513 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1513 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1514 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1514 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1515 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1515 one that would help mostly the developer. 1516 one that would help mostly the developer.
1516 1517
1517 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1518 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1518 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1519 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1519 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1520 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1520 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1521 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1521 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1522 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1522 1523
1523 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1524 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1524 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1525 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1525 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1526 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1526 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1527 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1527 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1528 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1528 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1529 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1529 1530
1530 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT 1531 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1531 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the 1532 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1532 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending 1533 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1533 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. 1534 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1534 1535
1535 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT 1536 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1536 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when 1537 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1537 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before 1538 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1538 sending again an USB request to the device. 1539 sending again an USB request to the device.
1539 1540
1540 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1541 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1541 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1542 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1542 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1543 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1543 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1544 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1544 1545
1545 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1546 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1546 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1547 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1547 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1548 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1548 1549
1549 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1550 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1550 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1551 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1551 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1552 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1552 1553
1553 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1554 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1554 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1555 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1555 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1556 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1556 have not defined a custom partition 1557 have not defined a custom partition
1557 1558
1558 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1559 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1559 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1560 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1560 1561
1561 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1562 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1562 file in FAT formatted partition. 1563 file in FAT formatted partition.
1563 1564
1564 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1565 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1565 user to write files to FAT. 1566 user to write files to FAT.
1566 1567
1567 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1568 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1568 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1569 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1569 1570
1570 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1571 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1571 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1572 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1572 and cbfsload. 1573 and cbfsload.
1573 1574
1574 - Keyboard Support: 1575 - Keyboard Support:
1575 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1576 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1576 1577
1577 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1578 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1578 support 1579 support
1579 1580
1580 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1581 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1581 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1582 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1582 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1583 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1583 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1584 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1584 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1585 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1585 1586
1586 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB 1587 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1587 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. 1588 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1588 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller 1589 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1589 which provides key scans on request. 1590 which provides key scans on request.
1590 1591
1591 - Video support: 1592 - Video support:
1592 CONFIG_VIDEO 1593 CONFIG_VIDEO
1593 1594
1594 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1595 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1595 video). 1596 video).
1596 1597
1597 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1598 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1598 1599
1599 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1600 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1600 1601
1601 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1602 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1602 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1603 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1603 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1604 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1604 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1605 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1605 assumed. 1606 assumed.
1606 1607
1607 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1608 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1608 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1609 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1609 are possible: 1610 are possible:
1610 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1611 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1611 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1612 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1612 1613
1613 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1614 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1614 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1615 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1615 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1616 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1616 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1617 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1617 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1618 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1618 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1619 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1619 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1620 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1620 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1621 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1621 1622
1622 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1623 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1623 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1624 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1624 1625
1625 1626
1626 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1627 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1627 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1628 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1628 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1629 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1629 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1630 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1630 1631
1631 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1632 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1632 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1633 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1633 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1634 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1634 support, and should also define these other macros: 1635 support, and should also define these other macros:
1635 1636
1636 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1637 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1637 CONFIG_VIDEO 1638 CONFIG_VIDEO
1638 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1639 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1639 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1640 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1640 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1641 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1641 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1642 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1642 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1643 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1643 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1644 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1644 1645
1645 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1646 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1646 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1647 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1647 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1648 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1648 description of this variable. 1649 description of this variable.
1649 1650
1650 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1651 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1651 1652
1652 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1653 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1653 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1654 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1654 driver. 1655 driver.
1655 1656
1656 1657
1657 - Keyboard Support: 1658 - Keyboard Support:
1658 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1659 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1659 1660
1660 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1661 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1661 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1662 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1662 defined in your board-specific files. 1663 defined in your board-specific files.
1663 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1664 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
1664 1665
1665 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1666 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1666 1667
1667 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1668 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1668 display); also select one of the supported displays 1669 display); also select one of the supported displays
1669 by defining one of these: 1670 by defining one of these:
1670 1671
1671 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1672 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1672 1673
1673 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1674 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1674 1675
1675 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1676 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1676 1677
1677 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1678 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1678 1679
1679 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1680 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1680 1681
1681 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1682 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1682 Active, color, single scan. 1683 Active, color, single scan.
1683 1684
1684 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1685 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1685 1686
1686 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1687 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1687 Active, color, single scan. 1688 Active, color, single scan.
1688 1689
1689 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1690 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1690 1691
1691 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1692 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1692 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1693 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1693 1694
1694 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1695 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1695 1696
1696 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1697 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1697 Active, color, single scan. 1698 Active, color, single scan.
1698 1699
1699 CONFIG_HLD1045 1700 CONFIG_HLD1045
1700 1701
1701 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1702 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1702 Active, color, single scan. 1703 Active, color, single scan.
1703 1704
1704 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1705 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1705 1706
1706 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1707 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1707 or 1708 or
1708 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1709 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1709 or 1710 or
1710 Hitachi SP14Q002 1711 Hitachi SP14Q002
1711 1712
1712 320x240. Black & white. 1713 320x240. Black & white.
1713 1714
1714 Normally display is black on white background; define 1715 Normally display is black on white background; define
1715 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1716 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1716 1717
1717 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1718 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1718 1719
1719 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1720 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1720 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1721 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1721 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1722 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1722 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1723 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1723 a per-section basis. 1724 a per-section basis.
1724 1725
1725 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1726 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1726 1727
1727 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1728 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1728 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1729 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1729 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1730 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1730 is slow. 1731 is slow.
1731 1732
1732 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1733 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1733 1734
1734 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1735 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1735 1736
1736 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1737 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1737 1738
1738 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1739 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1739 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1740 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1740 1741
1741 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1742 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1742 1743
1743 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1744 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1744 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1745 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1745 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1746 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1746 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1747 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1747 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1748 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1748 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1749 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1749 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1750 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1750 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1751 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1751 1752
1752 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1753 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1753 1754
1754 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1755 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1755 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1756 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1756 (see README.displaying-bmps). 1757 (see README.displaying-bmps).
1757 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1758 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1758 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1759 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1759 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1760 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1760 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1761 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1761 there is no need to set this option. 1762 there is no need to set this option.
1762 1763
1763 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1764 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1764 1765
1765 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1766 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1766 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1767 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1767 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1768 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1768 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1769 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1769 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1770 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1770 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1771 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1771 1772
1772 Example: 1773 Example:
1773 setenv splashpos m,m 1774 setenv splashpos m,m
1774 => image at center of screen 1775 => image at center of screen
1775 1776
1776 setenv splashpos 30,20 1777 setenv splashpos 30,20
1777 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1778 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1778 1779
1779 setenv splashpos -10,m 1780 setenv splashpos -10,m
1780 => vertically centered image 1781 => vertically centered image
1781 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1782 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1782 1783
1783 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1784 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1784 1785
1785 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1786 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1786 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1787 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1787 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1788 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1788 1789
1789 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1790 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1790 1791
1791 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1792 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1792 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1793 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1793 bmp command. 1794 bmp command.
1794 1795
1795 - Do compresssing for memory range: 1796 - Do compresssing for memory range:
1796 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1797 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1797 1798
1798 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1799 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1799 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1800 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1800 1801
1801 - Compression support: 1802 - Compression support:
1802 CONFIG_GZIP 1803 CONFIG_GZIP
1803 1804
1804 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 1805 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1805 1806
1806 CONFIG_BZIP2 1807 CONFIG_BZIP2
1807 1808
1808 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1809 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1809 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1810 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1810 compressed images are supported. 1811 compressed images are supported.
1811 1812
1812 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1813 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1813 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1814 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1814 be at least 4MB. 1815 be at least 4MB.
1815 1816
1816 CONFIG_LZMA 1817 CONFIG_LZMA
1817 1818
1818 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1819 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1819 images is included. 1820 images is included.
1820 1821
1821 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1822 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1822 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1823 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1823 formula: 1824 formula:
1824 1825
1825 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1826 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1826 1827
1827 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1828 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1828 and Literal pos bits. 1829 and Literal pos bits.
1829 1830
1830 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1831 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1831 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1832 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1832 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1833 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1833 a very small buffer. 1834 a very small buffer.
1834 1835
1835 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1836 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1836 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1837 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1837 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1838 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1838 1839
1839 CONFIG_LZO 1840 CONFIG_LZO
1840 1841
1841 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 1842 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1842 is included. 1843 is included.
1843 1844
1844 - MII/PHY support: 1845 - MII/PHY support:
1845 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1846 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1846 1847
1847 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1848 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1848 1849
1849 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1850 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1850 1851
1851 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1852 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1852 1853
1853 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1854 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1854 1855
1855 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1856 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1856 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1857 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1857 1858
1858 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1859 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1859 1860
1860 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1861 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1861 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1862 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1862 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1863 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1863 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1864 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1864 1865
1865 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1866 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1866 1867
1867 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1868 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1868 command issued before MII status register can be read 1869 command issued before MII status register can be read
1869 1870
1870 - Ethernet address: 1871 - Ethernet address:
1871 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1872 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1872 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1873 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
1873 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1874 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1874 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1875 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1875 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1876 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1876 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1877 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
1877 1878
1878 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1879 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1879 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1880 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
1880 is not determined automatically. 1881 is not determined automatically.
1881 1882
1882 - IP address: 1883 - IP address:
1883 CONFIG_IPADDR 1884 CONFIG_IPADDR
1884 1885
1885 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1886 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1886 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1887 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1887 determined through e.g. bootp. 1888 determined through e.g. bootp.
1888 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1889 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1889 1890
1890 - Server IP address: 1891 - Server IP address:
1891 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1892 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1892 1893
1893 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1894 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1894 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1895 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1895 (Environment variable "serverip") 1896 (Environment variable "serverip")
1896 1897
1897 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1898 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1898 1899
1899 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1900 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1900 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1901 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1901 1902
1902 - Gateway IP address: 1903 - Gateway IP address:
1903 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1904 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1904 1905
1905 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1906 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1906 default router where packets to other networks are 1907 default router where packets to other networks are
1907 sent to. 1908 sent to.
1908 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1909 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1909 1910
1910 - Subnet mask: 1911 - Subnet mask:
1911 CONFIG_NETMASK 1912 CONFIG_NETMASK
1912 1913
1913 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1914 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1914 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1915 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1915 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1916 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1916 forwarded through a router. 1917 forwarded through a router.
1917 (Environment variable "netmask") 1918 (Environment variable "netmask")
1918 1919
1919 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1920 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1920 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1921 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1921 1922
1922 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1923 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1923 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1924 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1924 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1925 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1925 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1926 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1926 multicast group. 1927 multicast group.
1927 1928
1928 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1929 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1929 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1930 1931
1931 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1932 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1932 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1933 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1933 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1934 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1934 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1935 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1935 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1936 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1936 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1937 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1937 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1938 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1939 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1939 following delays are inserted then: 1940 following delays are inserted then:
1940 1941
1941 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1942 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1942 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1943 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1943 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1944 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1944 4th and following 1945 4th and following
1945 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1946 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1946 1947
1947 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1948 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1948 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1949 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1949 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1950 1951
1951 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1952 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1952 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1954 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1954 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1955 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1955 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1957 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1957 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1958 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1958 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1959 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1959 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1960 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1960 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1961 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1961 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1962 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1962 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1963 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1963 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1964 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
1964 1965
1965 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1966 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1966 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1967 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1967 1968
1968 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1969 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1969 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1970 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1970 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1971 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1971 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1972 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1972 is not available. 1973 is not available.
1973 1974
1974 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1975 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1975 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1976 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1976 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1977 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1977 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1978 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1978 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1979 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1979 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1980 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1980 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1981 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1981 is defined. 1982 is defined.
1982 1983
1983 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1984 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1984 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1985 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1985 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1986 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1986 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1987 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1987 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1988 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1988 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1989 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1989 1990
1990 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1991 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1991 1992
1992 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1993 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1993 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1994 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1994 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1995 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1995 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1996 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1996 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1997 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1997 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1998 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1998 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1999 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1999 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 2000 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2000 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 2001 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2001 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 2002 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2002 this delay. 2003 this delay.
2003 2004
2004 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 2005 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2005 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 2006 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2006 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 2007 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2007 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 2008 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2008 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 2009 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2009 2010
2010 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 2011 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2011 2012
2012 - CDP Options: 2013 - CDP Options:
2013 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 2014 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
2014 2015
2015 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 2016 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2016 2017
2017 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 2018 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2018 2019
2019 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 2020 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2020 of the device. 2021 of the device.
2021 2022
2022 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 2023 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2023 2024
2024 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 2025 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2025 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 2026 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
2026 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 2027 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
2027 2028
2028 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 2029 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2029 2030
2030 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 2031 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2031 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 2032 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2032 2033
2033 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 2034 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2034 2035
2035 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 2036 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2036 2037
2037 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 2038 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2038 2039
2039 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 2040 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2040 2041
2041 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 2042 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2042 2043
2043 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 2044 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2044 2045
2045 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2046 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2046 2047
2047 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2048 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2048 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2049 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2049 2050
2050 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2051 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2051 2052
2052 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2053 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2053 2054
2054 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 2055 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2055 2056
2056 Several configurations allow to display the current 2057 Several configurations allow to display the current
2057 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2058 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2058 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2059 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2059 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2060 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2060 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2061 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2061 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2062 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2062 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 2063 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2063 feature in U-Boot. 2064 feature in U-Boot.
2064 2065
2065 Additional options: 2066 Additional options:
2066 2067
2067 CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2068 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2068 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2069 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2069 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2070 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2070 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2071 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2071 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2072 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2072 2073
2073 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2074 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2074 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2075 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2075 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2076 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2076 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2077 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2077 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2078 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2078 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2079 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2079 2080
2080 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2081 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2081 2082
2082 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2083 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2083 on those systems that support this (optional) 2084 on those systems that support this (optional)
2084 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2085 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2085 2086
2086 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2087 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2087 2088
2088 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2089 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2089 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2090 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2090 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2091 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2091 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2092 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2092 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2093 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2093 interface. 2094 interface.
2094 2095
2095 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2096 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2096 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2097 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2097 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2098 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2098 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2099 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2099 for defining speed and slave address 2100 for defining speed and slave address
2100 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2101 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2101 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2102 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2102 for defining speed and slave address 2103 for defining speed and slave address
2103 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2104 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2104 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2105 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2105 for defining speed and slave address 2106 for defining speed and slave address
2106 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2107 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2107 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2108 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2108 for defining speed and slave address 2109 for defining speed and slave address
2109 2110
2110 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2111 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2111 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2112 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2112 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2113 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2113 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2114 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2114 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2115 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2115 bus. 2116 bus.
2116 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2117 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2117 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2118 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2118 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2119 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2119 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2120 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2120 second bus. 2121 second bus.
2121 2122
2122 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2123 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2123 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2124 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2124 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2125 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2125 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2126 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2126 2127
2127 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2128 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2128 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2129 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2130 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2131 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2131 2132
2132 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2133 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2133 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2134 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2134 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2135 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2135 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2136 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2136 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2137 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2137 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2138 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2138 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2139 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2139 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2140 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2140 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 2141 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2141 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2142 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2142 2143
2143 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2144 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2144 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2145 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2145 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2146 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2146 2147
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2148 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2149 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2150 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2151 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2152 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2153 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2154 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2155 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2155 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2156 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2156 2157
2157 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2158 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2158 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2159 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2159 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2160 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2160 2161
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 2172 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 2173 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2173 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses 2174 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2174 2175
2175 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2176 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2176 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2177 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2177 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2178 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2178 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2179 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2179 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2180 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2180 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2181 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2181 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2182 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2182 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2183 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2183 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2184 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2184 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2185 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2185 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2186 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2186 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2187 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2187 2188
2188 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2189 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2189 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2190 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2190 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2191 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2191 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2192 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2192 2193
2193 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2194 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2194 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2195 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2195 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2196 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2196 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2197 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2197 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2198 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2198 2199
2199 additional defines: 2200 additional defines:
2200 2201
2201 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2202 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2202 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you 2203 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2203 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 2204 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2204 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 2205 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2205 omit this define. 2206 omit this define.
2206 2207
2207 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2208 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2208 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2209 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2209 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2210 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2210 omit this define. 2211 omit this define.
2211 2212
2212 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2213 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2213 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2214 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2214 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2215 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2215 define. 2216 define.
2216 2217
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2218 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2218 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if 2219 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2219 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2220 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2220 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2221 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2221 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2222 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2222 2223
2223 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2224 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2224 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2225 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2225 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2226 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2226 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2227 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2227 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2228 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2228 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2229 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2229 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2230 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2230 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2231 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2231 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2232 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2232 } 2233 }
2233 2234
2234 which defines 2235 which defines
2235 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2236 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2236 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2237 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2237 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2238 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2238 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2239 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2239 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2240 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2240 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2241 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2241 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2242 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2242 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2243 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2243 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2244 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2244 2245
2245 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2246 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2246 2247
2247 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2248 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2248 2249
2249 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2250 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2250 provides the following compelling advantages: 2251 provides the following compelling advantages:
2251 2252
2252 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2253 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2253 - approved multibus support 2254 - approved multibus support
2254 - better i2c mux support 2255 - better i2c mux support
2255 2256
2256 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2257 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2257 2258
2258 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2259 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2259 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2260 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2260 for the selected CPU. 2261 for the selected CPU.
2261 2262
2262 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2263 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2263 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2264 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2264 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2265 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2265 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2266 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2266 command line interface. 2267 command line interface.
2267 2268
2268 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2269 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2269 2270
2270 There are several other quantities that must also be 2271 There are several other quantities that must also be
2271 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2272 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2272 2273
2273 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2274 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2274 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2275 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2275 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2276 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2276 the CPU's i2c node address). 2277 the CPU's i2c node address).
2277 2278
2278 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2279 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2279 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2280 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2280 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2281 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2281 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2282 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2282 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2283 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2283 2284
2284 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2285 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2285 2286
2286 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2287 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2287 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2288 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2288 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2289 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2289 commands until the slave device responds. 2290 commands until the slave device responds.
2290 2291
2291 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2292 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2292 2293
2293 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2294 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2294 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2295 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2295 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2296 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2296 2297
2297 I2C_INIT 2298 I2C_INIT
2298 2299
2299 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2300 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2300 controller or configure ports. 2301 controller or configure ports.
2301 2302
2302 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2303 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2303 2304
2304 I2C_PORT 2305 I2C_PORT
2305 2306
2306 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2307 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2307 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2308 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2308 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2309 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2309 2310
2310 I2C_ACTIVE 2311 I2C_ACTIVE
2311 2312
2312 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2313 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2313 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2314 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2314 define can be null. 2315 define can be null.
2315 2316
2316 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2317 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2317 2318
2318 I2C_TRISTATE 2319 I2C_TRISTATE
2319 2320
2320 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2321 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2321 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2322 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2322 define can be null. 2323 define can be null.
2323 2324
2324 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2325 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2325 2326
2326 I2C_READ 2327 I2C_READ
2327 2328
2328 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2329 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2329 false if it is low. 2330 false if it is low.
2330 2331
2331 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2332 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2332 2333
2333 I2C_SDA(bit) 2334 I2C_SDA(bit)
2334 2335
2335 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2336 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2336 is false, it clears it (low). 2337 is false, it clears it (low).
2337 2338
2338 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2339 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2339 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2340 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2340 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2341 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2341 2342
2342 I2C_SCL(bit) 2343 I2C_SCL(bit)
2343 2344
2344 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2345 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2345 is false, it clears it (low). 2346 is false, it clears it (low).
2346 2347
2347 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2348 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2348 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2349 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2349 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2350 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2350 2351
2351 I2C_DELAY 2352 I2C_DELAY
2352 2353
2353 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2354 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2354 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2355 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2355 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2356 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2356 like: 2357 like:
2357 2358
2358 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2359 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2359 2360
2360 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2361 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2361 2362
2362 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2363 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2363 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2364 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2364 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2365 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2365 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2366 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2366 2367
2367 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2368 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2368 the generic GPIO functions. 2369 the generic GPIO functions.
2369 2370
2370 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2371 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2371 2372
2372 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2373 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2373 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2374 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2374 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2375 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2375 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2376 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2376 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2377 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2377 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2378 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2378 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2379 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2379 is run early in the boot sequence. 2380 is run early in the boot sequence.
2380 2381
2381 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2382 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2382 2383
2383 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2384 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2384 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2385 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2385 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2386 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2386 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2387 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2387 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2388 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2388 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2389 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2389 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2390 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2390 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2391 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2391 2392
2392 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2393 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2393 2394
2394 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2395 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2395 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2396 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2396 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2397 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2397 2398
2398 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2399 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2399 2400
2400 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2401 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2401 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2402 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2402 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2403 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2403 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2404 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2404 2405
2405 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2406 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2406 2407
2407 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2408 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2408 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2409 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2409 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2410 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2410 a 1D array of device addresses 2411 a 1D array of device addresses
2411 2412
2412 e.g. 2413 e.g.
2413 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2414 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2414 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2415 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2415 2416
2416 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2417 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2417 2418
2418 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2419 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2419 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2420 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2420 2421
2421 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2422 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2422 2423
2423 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2424 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2424 2425
2425 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2426 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2426 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2427 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2427 2428
2428 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2429 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2429 2430
2430 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2431 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2431 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2432 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2432 2433
2433 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2434 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2434 2435
2435 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2436 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2436 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2437 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2437 2438
2438 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2439 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2439 2440
2440 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2441 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2441 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2442 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2442 specified DTT device. 2443 specified DTT device.
2443 2444
2444 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2445 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2445 2446
2446 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2447 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2447 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2448 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2448 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2449 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2449 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2450 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2450 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2451 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2451 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2452 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2452 the other. 2453 the other.
2453 2454
2454 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2455 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2455 2456
2456 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2457 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2457 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2458 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2458 D/As on the SACSng board) 2459 D/As on the SACSng board)
2459 2460
2460 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2461 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2461 2462
2462 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2463 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2463 only SH7757 is supported. 2464 only SH7757 is supported.
2464 2465
2465 CONFIG_SPI_X 2466 CONFIG_SPI_X
2466 2467
2467 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2468 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2468 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2469 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2469 2470
2470 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2471 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2471 2472
2472 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2473 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2473 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2474 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2474 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2475 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2475 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2476 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2476 defined, the board configuration must define several 2477 defined, the board configuration must define several
2477 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2478 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2478 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2479 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2479 2480
2480 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2481 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2481 2482
2482 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2483 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2483 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2484 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2484 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2485 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2485 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2486 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2486 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2487 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2487 2488
2488 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2489 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2489 2490
2490 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2491 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2491 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2492 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2492 2493
2493 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2494 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2494 2495
2495 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2496 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2496 2497
2497 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2498 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2498 2499
2499 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2500 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2500 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2501 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2501 2502
2502 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2503 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2503 2504
2504 Enables support for FPGA family. 2505 Enables support for FPGA family.
2505 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2506 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2506 2507
2507 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2508 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2508 2509
2509 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2510 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2510 2511
2511 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2512 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2512 2513
2513 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2514 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2514 2515
2515 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2516 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2516 2517
2517 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2518 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2518 status by the configuration function. This option 2519 status by the configuration function. This option
2519 will require a board or device specific function to 2520 will require a board or device specific function to
2520 be written. 2521 be written.
2521 2522
2522 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2523 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2523 2524
2524 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2525 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2525 configuration driver. 2526 configuration driver.
2526 2527
2527 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2528 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2528 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2529 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2529 2530
2530 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2531 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2531 2532
2532 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2533 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2533 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2534 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2534 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2535 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2535 indicated a CRC error). 2536 indicated a CRC error).
2536 2537
2537 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2538 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2538 2539
2539 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2540 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2540 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2541 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2541 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2542 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2542 ms. 2543 ms.
2543 2544
2544 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2545 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2545 2546
2546 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2547 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
2547 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2548 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2548 2549
2549 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2550 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2550 2551
2551 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2552 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2552 200 ms. 2553 200 ms.
2553 2554
2554 - Configuration Management: 2555 - Configuration Management:
2555 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2556 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2556 2557
2557 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2558 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2558 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2559 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2559 2560
2560 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2561 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2561 2562
2562 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2563 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2563 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2564 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2564 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2565 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2565 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2566 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2566 protects these variables from casual modification by 2567 protects these variables from casual modification by
2567 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2568 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2568 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2569 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2569 change this behaviour: 2570 change this behaviour:
2570 2571
2571 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2572 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2572 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2573 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2573 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2574 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2574 these parameters. 2575 these parameters.
2575 2576
2576 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2577 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2577 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2578 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2578 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2579 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2579 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2580 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2580 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2581 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2581 read-only.] 2582 read-only.]
2582 2583
2583 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2584 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2584 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2585 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2585 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2586 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2586 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2587 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2587 2588
2588 - Protected RAM: 2589 - Protected RAM:
2589 CONFIG_PRAM 2590 CONFIG_PRAM
2590 2591
2591 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2592 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2592 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2593 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2593 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2594 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2594 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2595 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2595 this default value by defining an environment 2596 this default value by defining an environment
2596 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2597 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2597 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2598 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2598 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2599 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2599 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2600 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2600 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2601 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2601 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2602 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2602 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2603 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2603 2604
2604 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2605 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2605 saveenv 2606 saveenv
2606 2607
2607 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2608 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2608 either, which results in a memory region that will 2609 either, which results in a memory region that will
2609 not be affected by reboots. 2610 not be affected by reboots.
2610 2611
2611 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2612 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2612 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2613 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2613 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2614 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2614 following board configurations are known to be 2615 following board configurations are known to be
2615 "pRAM-clean": 2616 "pRAM-clean":
2616 2617
2617 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2618 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2618 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2619 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2619 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2620 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2620 2621
2621 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2622 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2622 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2623 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2623 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2624 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2624 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2625 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2625 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2626 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2626 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2627 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2627 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2628 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2628 2629
2629 - Error Recovery: 2630 - Error Recovery:
2630 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2631 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2631 2632
2632 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2633 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2633 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2634 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2634 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2635 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2635 system where you want the system to reboot 2636 system where you want the system to reboot
2636 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2637 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2637 useful during development since you can try to debug 2638 useful during development since you can try to debug
2638 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2639 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2639 2640
2640 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2641 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2641 2642
2642 This variable defines the number of retries for 2643 This variable defines the number of retries for
2643 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2644 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2644 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2645 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2645 default value of 5 is used. 2646 default value of 5 is used.
2646 2647
2647 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2648 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2648 2649
2649 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2650 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2650 2651
2651 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2652 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2652 2653
2653 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2654 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2654 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2655 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2655 try longer timeout such as 2656 try longer timeout such as
2656 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2657 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2657 2658
2658 - Command Interpreter: 2659 - Command Interpreter:
2659 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2660 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2660 2661
2661 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2662 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2662 2663
2663 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2664 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2664 for the "hush" shell. 2665 for the "hush" shell.
2665 2666
2666 2667
2667 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2668 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
2668 2669
2669 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2670 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2670 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2671 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2671 powerful command line syntax like 2672 powerful command line syntax like
2672 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2673 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2673 constructs ("shell scripts"). 2674 constructs ("shell scripts").
2674 2675
2675 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2676 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2676 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2677 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2677 2678
2678 2679
2679 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2680 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2680 2681
2681 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2682 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2682 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2683 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2683 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2684 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2684 2685
2685 Note: 2686 Note:
2686 2687
2687 In the current implementation, the local variables 2688 In the current implementation, the local variables
2688 space and global environment variables space are 2689 space and global environment variables space are
2689 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2690 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2690 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2691 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2691 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2692 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2692 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2693 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2693 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2694 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2694 2695
2695 Global environment variables are those you use 2696 Global environment variables are those you use
2696 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2697 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2697 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2698 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2698 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2699 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2699 2700
2700 To store commands and special characters in a 2701 To store commands and special characters in a
2701 variable, please use double quotation marks 2702 variable, please use double quotation marks
2702 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2703 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2703 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2704 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2704 symbols. 2705 symbols.
2705 2706
2706 - Commandline Editing and History: 2707 - Commandline Editing and History:
2707 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2708 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2708 2709
2709 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2710 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2710 commandline input operations 2711 commandline input operations
2711 2712
2712 - Default Environment: 2713 - Default Environment:
2713 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2714 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2714 2715
2715 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2716 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2716 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2717 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2717 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2718 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2718 2719
2719 For example, place something like this in your 2720 For example, place something like this in your
2720 board's config file: 2721 board's config file:
2721 2722
2722 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2723 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2723 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2724 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2724 "myvar2=value2\0" 2725 "myvar2=value2\0"
2725 2726
2726 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2727 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2727 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2728 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2728 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2729 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2729 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2730 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2730 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2731 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2731 You better know what you are doing here. 2732 You better know what you are doing here.
2732 2733
2733 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2734 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2734 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2735 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2735 the environment like the "source" command or the 2736 the environment like the "source" command or the
2736 boot command first. 2737 boot command first.
2737 2738
2738 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2739 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2739 2740
2740 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2741 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2741 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2742 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2742 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2743 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2743 2744
2744 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2745 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2745 2746
2746 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2747 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2747 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2748 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2748 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2749 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2749 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2750 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2750 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2751 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2751 2752
2752 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2753 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2753 2754
2754 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2755 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2755 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2756 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2756 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2757 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2757 2758
2758 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2759 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2759 2760
2760 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2761 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2761 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2762 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2762 that so that the environment is not available until 2763 that so that the environment is not available until
2763 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2764 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2764 this is instead controlled by the value of 2765 this is instead controlled by the value of
2765 /config/load-environment. 2766 /config/load-environment.
2766 2767
2767 - DataFlash Support: 2768 - DataFlash Support:
2768 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2769 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2769 2770
2770 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2771 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2771 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2772 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2772 commands cp, md... 2773 commands cp, md...
2773 2774
2774 - Serial Flash support 2775 - Serial Flash support
2775 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2776 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2776 2777
2777 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2778 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2778 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2779 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2779 2780
2780 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2781 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2781 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2782 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2782 commands. 2783 commands.
2783 2784
2784 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2785 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2785 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2786 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2786 flash is present on the system. 2787 flash is present on the system.
2787 2788
2788 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2789 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2789 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2790 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2790 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2791 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2791 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2792 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2792 2793
2793 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2794 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2794 2795
2795 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2796 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2796 test ('sf test'). 2797 test ('sf test').
2797 2798
2798 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg 2799 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2799 2800
2800 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr 2801 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2801 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. 2802 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2802 2803
2803 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories 2804 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2804 2805
2805 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash 2806 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2806 memories can be connected with a given cs line. 2807 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2807 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. 2808 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2808 2809
2809 - SystemACE Support: 2810 - SystemACE Support:
2810 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2811 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2811 2812
2812 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2813 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2813 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2814 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2814 of the chip must also be defined in the 2815 of the chip must also be defined in the
2815 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2816 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2816 2817
2817 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2818 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2818 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2819 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2819 2820
2820 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2821 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2821 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2822 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2822 2823
2823 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2824 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2824 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2825 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2825 2826
2826 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2827 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2827 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2828 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2828 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2829 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2829 number generator is used. 2830 number generator is used.
2830 2831
2831 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2832 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2832 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2833 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2833 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2834 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2834 2835
2835 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2836 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2836 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2837 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2837 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2838 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2838 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2839 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2839 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2840 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2840 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2841 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2841 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2842 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2842 2843
2843 - Hashing support: 2844 - Hashing support:
2844 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2845 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2845 2846
2846 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2847 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2847 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2848 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2848 2849
2849 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2850 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2850 2851
2851 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2852 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2852 size a little. 2853 size a little.
2853 2854
2854 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2855 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2855 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2856 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2856 2857
2857 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2858 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2858 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2859 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2859 2860
2860 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 2861 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2861 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 2862 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2862 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 2863 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2863 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 2864 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2864 2865
2865 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 2866 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2866 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 2867 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2867 a boot from specific media. 2868 a boot from specific media.
2868 2869
2869 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 2870 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2870 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 2871 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2871 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 2872 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2872 will set it back to normal. This command currently 2873 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2873 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 2874 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2874 2875
2875 - Signing support: 2876 - Signing support:
2876 CONFIG_RSA 2877 CONFIG_RSA
2877 2878
2878 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification 2879 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2879 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. 2880 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
2880 2881
2881 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this 2882 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2882 option. 2883 option.
2883 2884
2884 - bootcount support: 2885 - bootcount support:
2885 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 2886 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2886 2887
2887 This enables the bootcounter support, see: 2888 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2888 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 2889 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2889 2890
2890 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE 2891 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2891 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. 2892 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2892 CONFIG_BLACKFIN 2893 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2893 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. 2894 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2894 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX 2895 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2895 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. 2896 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2896 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM 2897 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2897 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM 2898 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2898 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C 2899 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2899 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. 2900 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2900 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address 2901 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2901 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for 2902 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2902 the bootcounter. 2903 the bootcounter.
2903 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len 2904 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
2904 2905
2905 - Show boot progress: 2906 - Show boot progress:
2906 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2907 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2907 2908
2908 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2909 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2909 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2910 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2910 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2911 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2911 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2912 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2912 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2913 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2913 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2914 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2914 2915
2915 - Detailed boot stage timing 2916 - Detailed boot stage timing
2916 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2917 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2917 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2918 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2918 of the boot process. 2919 of the boot process.
2919 2920
2920 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2921 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2921 This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2922 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2922 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2923 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2923 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2924 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2924 the limit, recording will stop. 2925 the limit, recording will stop.
2925 2926
2926 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2927 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2927 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2928 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2928 2929
2929 Timer summary in microseconds: 2930 Timer summary in microseconds:
2930 Mark Elapsed Stage 2931 Mark Elapsed Stage
2931 0 0 reset 2932 0 0 reset
2932 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2933 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2933 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2934 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2934 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2935 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2935 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2936 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2936 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2937 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2937 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2938 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2938 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2939 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2939 2940
2940 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2941 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2941 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2942 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2942 and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2943 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2943 2944
2944 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2945 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2945 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2946 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2946 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2947 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2947 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2948 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2948 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2949 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2949 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2950 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2950 For example: 2951 For example:
2951 2952
2952 bootstage { 2953 bootstage {
2953 154 { 2954 154 {
2954 name = "board_init_f"; 2955 name = "board_init_f";
2955 mark = <3575678>; 2956 mark = <3575678>;
2956 }; 2957 };
2957 170 { 2958 170 {
2958 name = "lcd"; 2959 name = "lcd";
2959 accum = <33482>; 2960 accum = <33482>;
2960 }; 2961 };
2961 }; 2962 };
2962 2963
2963 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2964 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2964 2965
2965 Legacy uImage format: 2966 Legacy uImage format:
2966 2967
2967 Arg Where When 2968 Arg Where When
2968 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2969 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2969 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2970 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2970 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2971 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2971 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2972 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2972 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2973 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2973 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2974 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2974 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2975 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2975 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2976 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2976 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2977 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2977 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2978 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2978 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2979 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2979 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2980 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2980 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2981 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2981 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2982 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2982 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2983 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2983 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2984 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2984 2985
2985 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2986 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2986 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2987 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2987 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2988 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2988 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2989 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2989 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2990 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2990 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2991 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2991 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2992 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2992 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2993 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2993 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2994 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2994 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2995 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2995 2996
2996 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2997 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2997 2998
2998 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2999 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2999 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 3000 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3000 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 3001 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
3001 3002
3002 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 3003 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3003 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 3004 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3004 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 3005 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3005 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 3006 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3006 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 3007 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3007 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3008 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3008 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 3009 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3009 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 3010 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3010 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 3011 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3011 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 3012 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3012 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3013 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3013 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 3014 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3014 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 3015 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3015 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 3016 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3016 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 3017 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3017 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 3018 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3018 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 3019 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3019 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 3020 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3020 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 3021 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3021 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 3022 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3022 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 3023 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3023 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 3024 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3024 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 3025 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3025 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 3026 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3026 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 3027 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3027 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 3028 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3028 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3029 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3029 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 3030 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3030 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 3031 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3031 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 3032 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3032 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 3033 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3033 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 3034 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3034 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 3035 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3035 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 3036 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3036 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 3037 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3037 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 3038 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3038 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 3039 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3039 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 3040 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3040 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 3041 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3041 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 3042 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3042 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 3043 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3043 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 3044 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3044 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 3045 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3045 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 3046 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3046 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 3047 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3047 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 3048 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3048 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 3049 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3049 3050
3050 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 3051 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3051 3052
3052 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 3053 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
3053 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 3054 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3054 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 3055 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3055 3056
3056 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 3057 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3057 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 3058 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
3058 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 3059 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
3059 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 3060 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3060 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 3061 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3061 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 3062 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
3062 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 3063 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3063 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 3064 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
3064 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3065 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
3065 3066
3066 FIT uImage format: 3067 FIT uImage format:
3067 3068
3068 Arg Where When 3069 Arg Where When
3069 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3070 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3070 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3071 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3071 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3072 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3072 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3073 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3073 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3074 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3074 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3075 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3075 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3076 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3076 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3077 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3077 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3078 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3078 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3079 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3079 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3080 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3080 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3081 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3081 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3082 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3082 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3083 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3083 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3084 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3084 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3085 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3085 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3086 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3086 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3087 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3087 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3088 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3088 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3089 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3089 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3090 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3090 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3091 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3091 3092
3092 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3093 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3093 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3094 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3094 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3095 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3095 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3096 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3096 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3097 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3097 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3098 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3098 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3099 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3099 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3100 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3100 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3101 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3101 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3102 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3102 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3103 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3103 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3104 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3104 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3105 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3105 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3106 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3106 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3107 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3107 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3108 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3108 3109
3109 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3110 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3110 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3111 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3111 3112
3112 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3113 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3113 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3114 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3114 3115
3115 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3116 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3116 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3117 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3117 3118
3118 - FIT image support: 3119 - FIT image support:
3119 CONFIG_FIT 3120 CONFIG_FIT
3120 Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 3121 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3121 3122
3122 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 3123 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3123 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 3124 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3124 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 3125 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3125 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 3126 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3126 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 3127 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3127 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 3128 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3128 3129
3129 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE 3130 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3130 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, 3131 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3131 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See 3132 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3132 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. 3133 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3133 3134
3134 - Standalone program support: 3135 - Standalone program support:
3135 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3136 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3136 3137
3137 This option defines a board specific value for the 3138 This option defines a board specific value for the
3138 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3139 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3139 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3140 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3140 settings. 3141 settings.
3141 3142
3142 - Frame Buffer Address: 3143 - Frame Buffer Address:
3143 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3144 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3144 3145
3145 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3146 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3146 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3147 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3147 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3148 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3148 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3149 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3149 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3150 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3150 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3151 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3151 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3152 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3152 configured panel size. 3153 configured panel size.
3153 3154
3154 Please see board_init_f function. 3155 Please see board_init_f function.
3155 3156
3156 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3157 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3157 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3158 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3158 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3159 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3159 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3160 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3160 3161
3161 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3162 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3162 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3163 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3163 3164
3164 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3165 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3165 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3166 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3166 3167
3167 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3168 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3168 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3169 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3169 3170
3170 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3171 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3171 3172
3172 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3173 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3173 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3174 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3174 3175
3175 - UBI support 3176 - UBI support
3176 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3177 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3177 3178
3178 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3179 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3179 with the UBI flash translation layer 3180 with the UBI flash translation layer
3180 3181
3181 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3182 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3182 3183
3183 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3184 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3184 3185
3185 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3186 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3186 warnings and errors enabled. 3187 warnings and errors enabled.
3187 3188
3188 - UBIFS support 3189 - UBIFS support
3189 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3190 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3190 3191
3191 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3192 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3192 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3193 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3193 3194
3194 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3195 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3195 3196
3196 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3197 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3197 3198
3198 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3199 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3199 warnings and errors enabled. 3200 warnings and errors enabled.
3200 3201
3201 - SPL framework 3202 - SPL framework
3202 CONFIG_SPL 3203 CONFIG_SPL
3203 Enable building of SPL globally. 3204 Enable building of SPL globally.
3204 3205
3205 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3206 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3206 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3207 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3207 3208
3208 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3209 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3209 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3210 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3210 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3211 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3211 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3212 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3212 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3213 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3213 must not be both defined at the same time. 3214 must not be both defined at the same time.
3214 3215
3215 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3216 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3216 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3217 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3217 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3218 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3218 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3219 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3219 not exceed it. 3220 not exceed it.
3220 3221
3221 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3222 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3222 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3223 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3223 3224
3224 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3225 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3225 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3226 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3226 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3227 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3227 3228
3228 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3229 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3229 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3230 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3230 3231
3231 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3232 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3232 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3233 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3233 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3234 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3234 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3235 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3235 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3236 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3236 must not be both defined at the same time. 3237 must not be both defined at the same time.
3237 3238
3238 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3239 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3239 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3240 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3240 3241
3241 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3242 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3242 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3243 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3243 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3244 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3244 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3245 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3245 3246
3246 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3247 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3247 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3248 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3248 3249
3249 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3250 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3250 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3251 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3251 3252
3252 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3253 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3253 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3254 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3254 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3255 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3255 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3256 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3256 3257
3257 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3258 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3258 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3259 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3259 about the running system. 3260 about the running system.
3260 3261
3261 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3262 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3262 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3263 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3263 3264
3264 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3265 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3265 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3266 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
3266 3267
3267 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3268 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3268 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3269 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
3269 3270
3270 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3271 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3271 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3272 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
3272 3273
3273 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3274 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3274 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3275 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
3275 3276
3276 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3277 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3277 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3278 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
3278 3279
3279 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3280 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3280 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3281 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3281 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 3282 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3282 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3283 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3283 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3284 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3284 3285
3285 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3286 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3286 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3287 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3287 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3288 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3288 3289
3289 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3290 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3290 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3291 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3291 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3292 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3292 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3293 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3293 (for falcon mode) 3294 (for falcon mode)
3294 3295
3295 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3296 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3296 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3297 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3297 3298
3298 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3299 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3299 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 3300 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3300 3301
3301 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3302 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3302 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3303 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3303 from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3304 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3304 3305
3305 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3306 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3306 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3307 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3307 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3308 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3308 3309
3309 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3310 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3310 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3311 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3311 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3312 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3312 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3313 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3313 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3314 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3314 3315
3315 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3316 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3316 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3317 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3317 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3318 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3318 3319
3319 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3320 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3320 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3321 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3321 3322
3322 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3323 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3323 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3324 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3324 3325
3325 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3326 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3326 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3327 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3327 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3328 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3328 3329
3329 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT 3330 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3330 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for 3331 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3331 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. 3332 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3332 3333
3333 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3334 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3334 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3335 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3335 SPL binary. 3336 SPL binary.
3336 3337
3337 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3340 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3341 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3342 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3342 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3343 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3343 to read U-Boot 3344 to read U-Boot
3344 3345
3345 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3346 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3346 Add support NAND boot 3347 Add support NAND boot
3347 3348
3348 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3349 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3349 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3350 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3350 3351
3351 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3352 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3352 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3353 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3353 3354
3354 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3355 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3355 Size of image to load 3356 Size of image to load
3356 3357
3357 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3358 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3358 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3359 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3359 3360
3360 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3361 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3361 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3362 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3362 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 3363 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3363 3364
3364 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3365 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3365 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3366 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3366 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3367 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3367 3368
3368 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3369 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3369 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3370 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
3370 3371
3371 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3372 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3372 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3373 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
3373 3374
3374 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3375 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3375 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3376 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
3376 3377
3377 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3378 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3378 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3379 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3379 3380
3380 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3381 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3381 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3382 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
3382 3383
3383 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3384 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3384 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3385 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3385 3386
3386 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3387 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3387 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3388 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3388 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3389 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3389 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3390 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3390 3391
3391 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3392 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3392 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3393 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3393 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3394 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3394 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3395 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3395 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3396 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3396 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3397 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3397 3398
3398 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3399 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3399 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3400 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3400 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3401 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3401 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3402 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3402 3403
3403 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3404 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3404 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3405 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3405 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3406 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3406 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3407 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3407 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3408 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3408 3409
3409 - TPL framework 3410 - TPL framework
3410 CONFIG_TPL 3411 CONFIG_TPL
3411 Enable building of TPL globally. 3412 Enable building of TPL globally.
3412 3413
3413 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3414 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3414 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3415 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3415 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3416 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3416 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3417 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3417 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3418 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3418 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3419 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3419 3420
3420 Modem Support: 3421 Modem Support:
3421 -------------- 3422 --------------
3422 3423
3423 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3424 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
3424 3425
3425 - Modem support enable: 3426 - Modem support enable:
3426 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3427 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3427 3428
3428 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3429 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3429 CONFIG_HWFLOW 3430 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3430 3431
3431 - Modem debug support: 3432 - Modem debug support:
3432 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3433 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3433 3434
3434 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3435 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3435 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3436 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
3436 3437
3437 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3438 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3438 3439
3439 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3440 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3440 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3441 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3441 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3442 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3442 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3443 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3443 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3444 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3444 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3445 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3445 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3446 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3446 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3447 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3447 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3448 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3448 general timer_interrupt(). 3449 general timer_interrupt().
3449 3450
3450 - General: 3451 - General:
3451 3452
3452 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3453 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3453 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3454 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3454 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3455 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
3455 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3456 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
3456 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3457 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3457 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3458 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3458 initialization. 3459 initialization.
3459 3460
3460 If there are no modem init strings in the 3461 If there are no modem init strings in the
3461 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3462 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3462 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3463 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
3463 suppressed, though. 3464 suppressed, though.
3464 3465
3465 See also: doc/README.Modem 3466 See also: doc/README.Modem
3466 3467
3467 Board initialization settings: 3468 Board initialization settings:
3468 ------------------------------ 3469 ------------------------------
3469 3470
3470 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3471 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3471 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3472 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3472 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3473 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3473 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3474 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3474 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3475 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3475 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3476 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3476 3477
3477 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3478 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3478 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3479 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3479 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3480 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3480 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3481 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3481 3482
3482 Configuration Settings: 3483 Configuration Settings:
3483 ----------------------- 3484 -----------------------
3484 3485
3485 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. 3486 - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3486 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. 3487 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3487 3488
3488 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3489 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3489 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3490 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3490 3491
3491 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3492 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3492 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3493 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3493 3494
3494 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3495 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3495 prompt for user input. 3496 prompt for user input.
3496 3497
3497 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3498 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3498 3499
3499 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3500 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3500 3501
3501 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3502 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3502 3503
3503 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3504 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3504 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3505 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3505 booted 3506 booted
3506 3507
3507 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3508 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3508 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3509 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3509 3510
3510 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3511 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3511 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3512 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3512 3513
3513 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3514 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3514 If the board specific function 3515 If the board specific function
3515 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3516 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3516 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3517 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3517 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3518 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3518 3519
3519 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3520 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3520 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3521 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3521 3522
3522 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3523 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3523 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3524 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3524 3525
3525 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3526 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3526 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3527 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3527 simple memory test. 3528 simple memory test.
3528 3529
3529 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3530 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3530 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3531 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3531 3532
3532 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3533 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3533 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3534 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3534 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3535 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3535 3536
3536 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3537 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3537 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3538 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3538 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3539 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3539 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3540 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3540 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3541 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3541 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3542 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3542 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3543 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3543 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3544 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3544 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3545 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3545 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3546 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3546 3547
3547 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3548 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3548 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3549 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3549 be touched. 3550 be touched.
3550 3551
3551 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3552 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3552 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3553 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3553 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3554 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3554 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3555 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3555 problems. 3556 problems.
3556 3557
3557 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3558 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3558 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3559 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3559 3560
3560 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3561 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3561 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3562 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3562 3563
3563 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3564 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3564 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3565 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3565 Cogent motherboard) 3566 Cogent motherboard)
3566 3567
3567 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3568 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3568 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3569 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3569 3570
3570 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3571 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3571 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3572 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3572 make config files to be same as the text base address 3573 make config files to be same as the text base address
3573 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3574 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3574 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3575 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3575 3576
3576 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3577 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3577 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3578 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3578 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3579 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3579 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3580 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3580 flash sector. 3581 flash sector.
3581 3582
3582 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3583 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3583 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3584 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3584 3585
3585 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3586 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3586 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3587 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3587 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3588 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3588 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3589 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3589 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3590 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3590 3591
3591 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3592 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3592 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3593 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3593 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3594 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3594 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3595 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3595 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3596 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3596 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3597 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3597 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3598 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3598 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3599 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3599 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3600 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3600 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3601 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3601 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3602 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3602 3603
3603 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3604 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3604 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3605 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3605 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3606 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3606 is enabled. 3607 is enabled.
3607 3608
3608 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3609 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3609 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3610 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3610 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3611 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3611 3612
3612 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3613 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3613 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3614 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3614 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3615 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3615 3616
3616 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3617 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3617 Max number of Flash memory banks 3618 Max number of Flash memory banks
3618 3619
3619 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3620 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3620 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3621 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3621 3622
3622 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3623 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3623 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3624 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3624 3625
3625 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3626 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3626 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3627 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3627 3628
3628 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3629 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3629 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3630 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3630 3631
3631 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3632 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3632 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3633 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3633 3634
3634 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3635 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3635 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3636 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3636 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3637 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3637 3638
3638 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3639 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3639 3640
3640 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3641 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3641 without this option such a download has to be 3642 without this option such a download has to be
3642 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3643 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3643 copy from RAM to flash. 3644 copy from RAM to flash.
3644 3645
3645 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3646 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3646 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3647 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3647 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3648 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3648 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3649 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3649 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3650 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3650 3651
3651 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3652 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3652 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3653 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3653 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3654 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3654 3655
3655 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3656 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3656 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3657 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3657 in the drivers directory 3658 in the drivers directory
3658 3659
3659 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3660 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3660 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3661 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3661 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3662 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3662 to the MTD layer. 3663 to the MTD layer.
3663 3664
3664 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3665 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3665 Use buffered writes to flash. 3666 Use buffered writes to flash.
3666 3667
3667 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3668 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3668 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3669 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3669 write commands. 3670 write commands.
3670 3671
3671 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3672 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3672 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3673 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3673 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3674 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3674 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3675 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3675 optionally available. 3676 optionally available.
3676 3677
3677 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3678 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3678 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3679 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3679 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3680 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3680 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3681 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3681 3682
3682 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3683 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3683 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3684 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3684 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3685 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3685 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3686 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3686 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3687 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3687 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3688 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3688 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3689 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3689 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3690 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3690 3691
3691 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3692 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3692 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3693 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3693 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3694 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3694 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3695 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3695 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3696 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3696 on high Ethernet traffic. 3697 on high Ethernet traffic.
3697 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3698 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3698 3699
3699 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3700 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3700 3701
3701 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3702 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3702 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3703 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3703 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3704 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3704 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3705 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3705 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3706 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3706 3707
3707 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3708 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3708 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3709 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3709 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 3710 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
3710 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3711 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3711 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3712 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3712 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3713 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3713 3714
3714 The format of the list is: 3715 The format of the list is:
3715 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3716 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3716 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3717 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3717 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3718 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
3718 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3719 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3719 list = entry[,list] 3720 list = entry[,list]
3720 3721
3721 The type attributes are: 3722 The type attributes are:
3722 s - String (default) 3723 s - String (default)
3723 d - Decimal 3724 d - Decimal
3724 x - Hexadecimal 3725 x - Hexadecimal
3725 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3726 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3726 i - IP address 3727 i - IP address
3727 m - MAC address 3728 m - MAC address
3728 3729
3729 The access attributes are: 3730 The access attributes are:
3730 a - Any (default) 3731 a - Any (default)
3731 r - Read-only 3732 r - Read-only
3732 o - Write-once 3733 o - Write-once
3733 c - Change-default 3734 c - Change-default
3734 3735
3735 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3736 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3736 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3737 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3737 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3738 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3738 3739
3739 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3740 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3740 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3741 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3741 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3742 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3742 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3743 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3743 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3744 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3744 ".flags" variable. 3745 ".flags" variable.
3745 3746
3746 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3747 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3747 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3748 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3748 access flags. 3749 access flags.
3749 3750
3750 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3751 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3751 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3752 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3752 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3753 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3753 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3754 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3754 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3755 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3755 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3756 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3756 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3757 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3757 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3758 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3758 your board please report the problem and send patches! 3759 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3759 3760
3760 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3761 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3761 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3762 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3762 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3763 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3763 the value can be calulated on a given board. 3764 the value can be calulated on a given board.
3764 3765
3765 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3766 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3766 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3767 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3767 following configurations: 3768 following configurations:
3768 3769
3769 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3770 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3770 3771
3771 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3772 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3772 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3773 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3773 3774
3774 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3775 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
3775 3776
3776 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3777 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3777 3778
3778 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3779 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3779 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3780 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3780 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3781 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3781 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3782 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3782 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3783 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3783 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3784 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3784 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3785 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3785 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3786 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3786 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3787 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3787 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3788 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3788 between U-Boot and the environment. 3789 between U-Boot and the environment.
3789 3790
3790 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3791 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3791 3792
3792 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3793 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3793 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3794 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3794 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3795 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3795 for this sector is given here. 3796 for this sector is given here.
3796 3797
3797 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3798 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
3798 3799
3799 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3800 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3800 3801
3801 This is just another way to specify the start address of 3802 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3802 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3803 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
3803 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3804 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
3804 3805
3805 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3806 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3806 3807
3807 Size of the sector containing the environment. 3808 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3808 3809
3809 3810
3810 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3811 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3811 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3812 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3812 the environment. 3813 the environment.
3813 3814
3814 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3815 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3815 3816
3816 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3817 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
3817 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3818 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
3818 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3819 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3819 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3820 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3820 3821
3821 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3822 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3822 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3823 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3823 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3824 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3824 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3825 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3825 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3826 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3826 updating the environment in flash makes it always 3827 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3827 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3828 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3828 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3829 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3829 RAM, your target system will be dead. 3830 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3830 3831
3831 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3832 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3832 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3833 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
3833 3834
3834 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3835 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
3835 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3836 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3836 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3837 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
3837 a "saveenv" operation. 3838 a "saveenv" operation.
3838 3839
3839 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3840 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3840 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3841 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3841 accordingly! 3842 accordingly!
3842 3843
3843 3844
3844 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3845 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
3845 3846
3846 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3847 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3847 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3848 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3848 environment. 3849 environment.
3849 3850
3850 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3851 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3851 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3852 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3852 3853
3853 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3854 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
3854 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3855 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3855 can just be read and written to, without any special 3856 can just be read and written to, without any special
3856 provision. 3857 provision.
3857 3858
3858 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3859 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3859 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3860 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
3860 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3861 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
3861 U-Boot will hang. 3862 U-Boot will hang.
3862 3863
3863 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3864 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3864 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3865 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3865 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3866 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3866 to save the current settings. 3867 to save the current settings.
3867 3868
3868 3869
3869 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3870 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
3870 3871
3871 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3872 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3872 device and a driver for it. 3873 device and a driver for it.
3873 3874
3874 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3875 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3875 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3876 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3876 3877
3877 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3878 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3878 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3879 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3879 3880
3880 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3881 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
3881 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3882 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3882 The default address is zero. 3883 The default address is zero.
3883 3884
3884 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3885 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
3885 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3886 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3886 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3887 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3887 would require six bits. 3888 would require six bits.
3888 3889
3889 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3890 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
3890 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3891 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
3891 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3892 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
3892 3893
3893 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3894 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
3894 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3895 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3895 that this is NOT the chip address length! 3896 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3896 3897
3897 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3898 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
3898 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3899 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3899 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3900 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3900 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3901 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3901 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3902 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3902 byte chips. 3903 byte chips.
3903 3904
3904 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3905 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3905 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3906 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3906 in the chip address. 3907 in the chip address.
3907 3908
3908 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3909 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
3909 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3910 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3910 3911
3911 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3912 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3912 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3913 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3913 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3914 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3914 3915
3915 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3916 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3916 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3917 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3917 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3918 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3918 EEPROM. For example: 3919 EEPROM. For example:
3919 3920
3920 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 3921 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
3921 3922
3922 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3923 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3923 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3924 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
3924 3925
3925 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3926 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
3926 3927
3927 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3928 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
3928 want to use for the environment. 3929 want to use for the environment.
3929 3930
3930 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3931 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3931 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3932 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3932 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3933 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3933 3934
3934 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3935 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3935 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3936 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3936 at the specified address. 3937 at the specified address.
3937 3938
3938 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3939 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3939 3940
3940 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3941 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3941 want to use for the local device's environment. 3942 want to use for the local device's environment.
3942 3943
3943 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3944 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3944 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3945 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3945 3946
3946 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3947 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3947 environment area within the remote memory space. The 3948 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3948 local device can get the environment from remote memory 3949 local device can get the environment from remote memory
3949 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3950 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
3950 3951
3951 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3952 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3952 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3953 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
3953 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3954 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3954 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3955 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
3955 3956
3956 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3957 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
3957 3958
3958 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3959 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3959 for the environment. 3960 for the environment.
3960 3961
3961 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3962 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3962 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3963 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3963 3964
3964 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3965 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3965 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3966 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3966 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3967 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3967 3968
3968 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3969 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3969 3970
3970 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3971 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3971 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3972 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3972 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3973 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
3973 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3974 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
3974 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3975 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3975 3976
3976 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3977 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3977 3978
3978 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3979 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3979 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3980 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3980 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3981 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3981 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3982 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3982 the range to be avoided. 3983 the range to be avoided.
3983 3984
3984 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3985 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3985 3986
3986 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3987 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3987 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3988 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3988 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3989 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3989 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3990 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3990 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3991 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
3991 3992
3992 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3993 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3993 3994
3994 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3995 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3995 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3996 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3996 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3997 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3997 3998
3998 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3999 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3999 4000
4000 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 4001 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4001 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 4002 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4002 accesses, which is important on NAND. 4003 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4003 4004
4004 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 4005 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4005 4006
4006 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 4007 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4007 4008
4008 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 4009 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4009 4010
4010 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 4011 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4011 environment in. 4012 environment in.
4012 4013
4013 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 4014 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4014 4015
4015 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 4016 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4016 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 4017 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4017 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 4018 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4018 4019
4019 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 4020 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4020 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 4021 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4021 4022
4022 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 4023 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4023 when storing the env in UBI. 4024 when storing the env in UBI.
4024 4025
4025 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 4026 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4026 4027
4027 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 4028 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4028 environment. 4029 environment.
4029 4030
4030 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 4031 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4031 4032
4032 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 4033 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4033 4034
4034 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 4035 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4035 4036
4036 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 4037 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4037 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 4038 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4038 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 4039 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4039 4040
4040 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 4041 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4041 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 4042 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4042 4043
4043 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 4044 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4044 area within the specified MMC device. 4045 area within the specified MMC device.
4045 4046
4046 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 4047 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4047 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 4048 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4048 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 4049 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4049 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 4050 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4050 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 4051 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4051 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 4052 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4052 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 4053 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4053 4054
4054 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 4055 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4055 MMC sector boundary. 4056 MMC sector boundary.
4056 4057
4057 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4058 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4058 4059
4059 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 4060 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4060 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 4061 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4061 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4062 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4062 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4063 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4063 4064
4064 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4065 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4065 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4066 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4066 4067
4067 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4068 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4068 an MMC sector boundary. 4069 an MMC sector boundary.
4069 4070
4070 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4071 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4071 4072
4072 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4073 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4073 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4074 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4074 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4075 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4075 4076
4076 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4077 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4077 4078
4078 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4079 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4079 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4080 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4080 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4081 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4081 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4082 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4082 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4083 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4083 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4084 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4084 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4085 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4085 4086
4086 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4087 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4087 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4088 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4088 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4089 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4089 until then to read environment variables. 4090 until then to read environment variables.
4090 4091
4091 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4092 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4092 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4093 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4093 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4094 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4094 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4095 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4095 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4096 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4096 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4097 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4097 4098
4098 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4099 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4099 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4100 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4100 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4101 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4101 4102
4102 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4103 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4103 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4104 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4104 4105
4105 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4106 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4106 also needs to be defined. 4107 also needs to be defined.
4107 4108
4108 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4109 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4109 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4110 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4110 4111
4111 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4112 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4112 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4113 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4113 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4114 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4114 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4115 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4115 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4116 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4116 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4117 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4117 4118
4118 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4119 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4119 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4120 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4120 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4121 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4121 to do this. 4122 to do this.
4122 4123
4123 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4124 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4124 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4125 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4125 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4126 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4126 present. 4127 present.
4127 4128
4128 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4129 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4129 --------------------------------------------------- 4130 ---------------------------------------------------
4130 4131
4131 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4132 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4132 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4133 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4133 4134
4134 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4135 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4135 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4136 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4136 4137
4137 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4138 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4138 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4139 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4139 the IMMR register after a reset. 4140 the IMMR register after a reset.
4140 4141
4141 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4142 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4142 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4143 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4143 PowerPC SOCs. 4144 PowerPC SOCs.
4144 4145
4145 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4146 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4146 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4147 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4147 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4148 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4148 4149
4149 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4150 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4150 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4151 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4151 4152
4152 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4153 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4153 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4154 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4154 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4155 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4155 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4156 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4156 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4157 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4157 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4158 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4158 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4159 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4159 4160
4160 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4161 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4161 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4162 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4162 4163
4163 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4164 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4164 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4165 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4165 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4166 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4166 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4167 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4167 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4168 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4168 4169
4169 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4170 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4170 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4171 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4171 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4172 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4172 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4173 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4173 4174
4174 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4175 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4175 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4176 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4176 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4177 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4177 4178
4178 - Floppy Disk Support: 4179 - Floppy Disk Support:
4179 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4180 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4180 4181
4181 the default drive number (default value 0) 4182 the default drive number (default value 0)
4182 4183
4183 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4184 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4184 4185
4185 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4186 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4186 (default value 1) 4187 (default value 1)
4187 4188
4188 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4189 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4189 4190
4190 defines the offset of register from address. It 4191 defines the offset of register from address. It
4191 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4192 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4192 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4193 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4193 4194
4194 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4195 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4195 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4196 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4196 default value. 4197 default value.
4197 4198
4198 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4199 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4199 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4200 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4200 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4201 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4201 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 4202 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4202 initializations. 4203 initializations.
4203 4204
4204 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4205 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4205 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4206 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4206 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4207 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4207 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4208 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4208 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4209 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4209 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4210 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4210 is requierd. 4211 is requierd.
4211 4212
4212 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4213 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4213 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4214 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4214 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4215 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4215 4216
4216 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4217 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4217 4218
4218 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4219 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4219 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4220 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4220 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4221 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4221 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4222 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4222 will become available only after programming the 4223 will become available only after programming the
4223 memory controller and running certain initialization 4224 memory controller and running certain initialization
4224 sequences. 4225 sequences.
4225 4226
4226 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4227 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4227 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4228 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4228 - MPC824X: data cache 4229 - MPC824X: data cache
4229 - PPC4xx: data cache 4230 - PPC4xx: data cache
4230 4231
4231 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4232 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4232 4233
4233 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4234 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4234 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4235 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4235 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4236 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4236 data is located at the end of the available space 4237 data is located at the end of the available space
4237 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4238 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4238 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4239 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4239 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4240 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4240 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4241 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4241 4242
4242 Note: 4243 Note:
4243 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4244 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4244 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4245 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4245 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4246 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4246 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4247 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4247 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4248 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4248 4249
4249 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4250 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4250 4251
4251 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4252 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4252 4253
4253 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4254 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4254 4255
4255 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4256 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4256 4257
4257 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4258 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4258 4259
4259 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4260 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4260 4261
4261 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4262 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4262 SDRAM timing 4263 SDRAM timing
4263 4264
4264 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4265 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4265 periodic timer for refresh 4266 periodic timer for refresh
4266 4267
4267 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4268 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4268 4269
4269 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4270 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4270 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4271 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4271 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4272 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4272 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4273 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4273 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4274 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4274 4275
4275 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4276 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4276 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4277 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4277 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4278 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4278 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4279 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4279 4280
4280 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4281 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4281 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4282 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4282 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4283 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4283 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4284 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4284 4285
4285 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4286 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4286 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4287 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4287 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4288 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4288 4289
4289 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4290 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4290 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4291 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4291 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4292 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4292 4293
4293 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4294 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4294 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4295 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4295 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4296 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4296 4297
4297 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4298 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
4298 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4299 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4299 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4300 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4300 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4301 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4301 4302
4302 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4303 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4303 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4304 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4304 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4305 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4305 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4306 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4306 cpm_8260.h. 4307 cpm_8260.h.
4307 4308
4308 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4309 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4309 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4310 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4310 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4311 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4311 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4312 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4312 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4313 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4313 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4314 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4314 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4315 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4315 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4316 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4316 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4317 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4317 4318
4318 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4319 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4319 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4320 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4320 required. 4321 required.
4321 4322
4322 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4323 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4323 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 4324 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4324 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4325 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4325 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4326 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4326 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4327 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4327 by coreboot or similar. 4328 by coreboot or similar.
4328 4329
4329 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4330 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4330 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4331 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4331 4332
4332 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4333 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4333 Chip has SRIO or not 4334 Chip has SRIO or not
4334 4335
4335 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4336 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4336 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4337 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4337 4338
4338 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4339 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4339 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4340 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4340 4341
4341 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4342 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4342 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4343 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4343 4344
4344 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4345 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4345 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4346 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4346 4347
4347 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4348 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4348 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4349 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4349 4350
4350 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4351 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4351 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4352 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4352 4353
4353 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4354 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4354 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4355 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4355 a 16 bit bus. 4356 a 16 bit bus.
4356 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4357 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4357 Example of drivers that use it: 4358 Example of drivers that use it:
4358 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4359 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4359 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4360 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4360 4361
4361 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4362 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4362 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4363 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4363 a default value will be used. 4364 a default value will be used.
4364 4365
4365 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4366 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4366 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4367 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4367 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4368 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4368 4369
4369 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4370 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4370 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4371 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4371 4372
4372 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4373 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4373 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4374 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4374 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4375 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4375 to something your driver can deal with. 4376 to something your driver can deal with.
4376 4377
4377 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4378 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4378 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4379 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4379 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4380 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4380 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4381 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4381 header files or board specific files. 4382 header files or board specific files.
4382 4383
4383 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4384 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4384 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4385 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4385 4386
4386 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4387 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4387 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4388 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4388 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4389 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4389 4390
4390 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4391 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4391 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4392 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4392 4393
4393 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4394 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4394 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4395 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4395 to the given FEC; i. e. 4396 to the given FEC; i. e.
4396 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4397 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4397 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4398 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4398 4399
4399 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4400 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4400 4401
4401 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4402 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4402 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4403 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4403 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4404 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4404 4405
4405 - CONFIG_RMII 4406 - CONFIG_RMII
4406 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4407 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4407 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4408 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4408 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4409 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4409 4410
4410 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4411 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4411 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4412 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4412 The syntax is: 4413 The syntax is:
4413 4414
4414 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4415 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4415 4416
4416 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4417 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4417 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4418 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4418 area should have. 4419 area should have.
4419 4420
4420 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4421 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4421 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4422 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4422 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4423 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4423 4424
4424 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4425 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4425 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4426 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4426 "md/mw" commands. 4427 "md/mw" commands.
4427 Examples: 4428 Examples:
4428 4429
4429 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4430 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4430 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4431 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4431 4432
4432 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4433 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4433 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4434 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4434 4435
4435 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4436 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4436 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4437 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4437 4438
4438 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4439 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4439 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4440 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4440 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4441 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4441 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4442 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4442 relocate itself into RAM. 4443 relocate itself into RAM.
4443 4444
4444 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4445 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4445 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4446 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4446 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4447 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4447 these initializations itself. 4448 these initializations itself.
4448 4449
4449 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4450 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4450 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4451 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4451 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4452 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4452 compiling a NAND SPL. 4453 compiling a NAND SPL.
4453 4454
4454 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4455 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4455 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4456 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4456 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4457 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4457 It is loaded by the SPL. 4458 It is loaded by the SPL.
4458 4459
4459 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4460 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4460 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4461 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4461 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4462 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4462 previous 4k of the .text section. 4463 previous 4k of the .text section.
4463 4464
4464 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4465 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4465 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4466 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4466 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4467 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4467 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4468 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4468 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4469 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4469 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4470 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4470 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4471 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4471 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4472 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4472 4473
4473 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4474 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4474 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4475 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4475 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4476 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4476 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4477 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4477 conditions but may increase the binary size. 4478 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4478 4479
4479 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4480 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4480 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4481 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4481 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4482 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4482 4483
4483 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4484 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4484 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4485 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4485 4486
4486 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4487 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4487 4488
4488 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4489 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4489 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4490 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4490 4491
4491 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4492 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4492 ----------------------------------- 4493 -----------------------------------
4493 4494
4494 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4495 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4495 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4496 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4496 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4497 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4497 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4498 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4498 within that device. 4499 within that device.
4499 4500
4500 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4501 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4501 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4502 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4502 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4503 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4503 is also specified. 4504 is also specified.
4504 4505
4505 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4506 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4506 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4507 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4507 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4508 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4508 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4509 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4509 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4510 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4510 4511
4511 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4512 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4512 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4513 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4513 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4514 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4514 virtual address in NOR flash. 4515 virtual address in NOR flash.
4515 4516
4516 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4517 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4517 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4518 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4518 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4519 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4519 4520
4520 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4521 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4521 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4522 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4522 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4523 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4523 4524
4524 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4525 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4525 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4526 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4526 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4527 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4527 4528
4528 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4529 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4529 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4530 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4530 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4531 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4531 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4532 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4532 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4533 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4533 master's memory space. 4534 master's memory space.
4534 4535
4535 Building the Software: 4536 Building the Software:
4536 ====================== 4537 ======================
4537 4538
4538 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4539 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4539 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4540 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4540 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4541 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4541 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4542 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4542 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4543 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4543 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4544 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4544 4545
4545 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4546 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4546 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4547 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4547 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4548 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4548 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4549 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4549 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4550 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4550 4551
4551 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4552 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4552 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4553 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4553 4554
4554 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4555 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4555 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4556 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4556 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4557 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4557 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4558 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4558 4559
4559 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4560 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4560 4561
4561 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4562 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4562 be executed on computers running Windows. 4563 be executed on computers running Windows.
4563 4564
4564 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4565 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4565 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4566 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4566 is done by typing: 4567 is done by typing:
4567 4568
4568 make NAME_config 4569 make NAME_config
4569 4570
4570 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4571 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4571 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4572 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
4572 4573
4573 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4574 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4574 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4575 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4575 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4576 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4576 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4577 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
4577 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4578 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
4578 4579
4579 make TQM823L_config 4580 make TQM823L_config
4580 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4581 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
4581 4582
4582 make TQM823L_LCD_config 4583 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4583 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4584 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
4584 4585
4585 etc. 4586 etc.
4586 4587
4587 4588
4588 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4589 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4589 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 4590 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
4590 4591
4591 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4592 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4592 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4593 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4593 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4594 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
4594 4595
4595 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4596 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4596 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4597 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4597 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4598 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4598 4599
4599 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4600 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4600 4601
4601 make O=/tmp/build distclean 4602 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4602 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4603 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4603 make O=/tmp/build all 4604 make O=/tmp/build all
4604 4605
4605 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4606 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4606 4607
4607 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4608 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4608 make distclean 4609 make distclean
4609 make NAME_config 4610 make NAME_config
4610 make all 4611 make all
4611 4612
4612 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4613 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4613 variable. 4614 variable.
4614 4615
4615 4616
4616 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4617 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4617 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4618 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4618 native "make". 4619 native "make".
4619 4620
4620 4621
4621 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4622 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4622 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4623 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4623 steps: 4624 steps:
4624 4625
4625 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4626 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4626 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4627 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4627 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4628 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
4628 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4629 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4629 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4630 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4630 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4631 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
4631 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4632 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4632 your board 4633 your board
4633 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4634 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4634 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4635 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
4635 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4636 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
4636 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4637 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4637 to be installed on your target system. 4638 to be installed on your target system.
4638 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4639 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4639 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4640 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
4640 4641
4641 4642
4642 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4643 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4643 ============================================================== 4644 ==============================================================
4644 4645
4645 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4646 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4646 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4647 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
4647 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4648 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4648 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4649 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
4649 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4650 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
4650 4651
4651 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4652 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4652 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4653 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
4653 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4654 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4654 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4655 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
4655 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4656 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4656 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4657 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4657 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4658 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4658 you can type 4659 you can type
4659 4660
4660 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4661 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4661 4662
4662 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4663 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
4663 4664
4664 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4665 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
4665 4666
4666 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4667 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4667 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4668 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4668 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4669 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4669 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4670 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4670 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4671 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4671 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4672 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4672 variable. For example: 4673 variable. For example:
4673 4674
4674 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4675 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4675 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4676 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4676 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4677 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4677 4678
4678 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4679 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4679 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4680 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4680 during the whole build process. 4681 during the whole build process.
4681 4682
4682 4683
4683 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4684 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
4684 4685
4685 4686
4686 Monitor Commands - Overview: 4687 Monitor Commands - Overview:
4687 ============================ 4688 ============================
4688 4689
4689 go - start application at address 'addr' 4690 go - start application at address 'addr'
4690 run - run commands in an environment variable 4691 run - run commands in an environment variable
4691 bootm - boot application image from memory 4692 bootm - boot application image from memory
4692 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4693 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
4693 bootz - boot zImage from memory 4694 bootz - boot zImage from memory
4694 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4695 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4695 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4696 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4696 (and eventually "gatewayip") 4697 (and eventually "gatewayip")
4697 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4698 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
4698 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4699 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4699 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4700 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4700 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 4701 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4701 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4702 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4702 md - memory display 4703 md - memory display
4703 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4704 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4704 nm - memory modify (constant address) 4705 nm - memory modify (constant address)
4705 mw - memory write (fill) 4706 mw - memory write (fill)
4706 cp - memory copy 4707 cp - memory copy
4707 cmp - memory compare 4708 cmp - memory compare
4708 crc32 - checksum calculation 4709 crc32 - checksum calculation
4709 i2c - I2C sub-system 4710 i2c - I2C sub-system
4710 sspi - SPI utility commands 4711 sspi - SPI utility commands
4711 base - print or set address offset 4712 base - print or set address offset
4712 printenv- print environment variables 4713 printenv- print environment variables
4713 setenv - set environment variables 4714 setenv - set environment variables
4714 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4715 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4715 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4716 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4716 erase - erase FLASH memory 4717 erase - erase FLASH memory
4717 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 4718 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
4718 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4719 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
4719 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 4720 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4720 iminfo - print header information for application image 4721 iminfo - print header information for application image
4721 coninfo - print console devices and informations 4722 coninfo - print console devices and informations
4722 ide - IDE sub-system 4723 ide - IDE sub-system
4723 loop - infinite loop on address range 4724 loop - infinite loop on address range
4724 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 4725 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
4725 mtest - simple RAM test 4726 mtest - simple RAM test
4726 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 4727 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4727 dcache - enable or disable data cache 4728 dcache - enable or disable data cache
4728 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4729 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4729 echo - echo args to console 4730 echo - echo args to console
4730 version - print monitor version 4731 version - print monitor version
4731 help - print online help 4732 help - print online help
4732 ? - alias for 'help' 4733 ? - alias for 'help'
4733 4734
4734 4735
4735 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4736 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4736 ======================================== 4737 ========================================
4737 4738
4738 TODO. 4739 TODO.
4739 4740
4740 For now: just type "help <command>". 4741 For now: just type "help <command>".
4741 4742
4742 4743
4743 Environment Variables: 4744 Environment Variables:
4744 ====================== 4745 ======================
4745 4746
4746 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4747 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4747 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4748 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
4748 4749
4749 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4750 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4750 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4751 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4751 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4752 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4752 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4753 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4753 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4754 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4754 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4755 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
4755 4756
4756 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4757 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4757 4758
4758 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4759 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
4759 4760
4760 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4761 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
4761 4762
4762 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4763 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
4763 4764
4764 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4765 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4765 4766
4766 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4767 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
4767 4768
4768 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4769 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
4769 4770
4770 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4771 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4771 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4772 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4772 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4773 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4773 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4774 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4774 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4775 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4775 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4776 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
4776 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4777 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4777 bootm_mapsize. 4778 bootm_mapsize.
4778 4779
4779 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4780 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
4780 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4781 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4781 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4782 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4782 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4783 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4783 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4784 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4784 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4785 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4785 used otherwise. 4786 used otherwise.
4786 4787
4787 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4788 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4788 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4789 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4789 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4790 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4790 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4791 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4791 environment variable. 4792 environment variable.
4792 4793
4793 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4794 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4794 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4795 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4795 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4796 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4796 4797
4797 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4798 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4798 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4799 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4799 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4800 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4800 load any image using TFTP 4801 load any image using TFTP
4801 4802
4802 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4803 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4803 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4804 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4804 be automatically started (by internally calling 4805 be automatically started (by internally calling
4805 "bootm") 4806 "bootm")
4806 4807
4807 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4808 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4808 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4809 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4809 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4810 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4810 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4811 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4811 data. 4812 data.
4812 4813
4813 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4814 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4814 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4815 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
4815 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4816 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4816 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4817 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4817 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4818 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4818 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4819 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4819 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4820 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4820 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4821 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4821 access it during the boot procedure. 4822 access it during the boot procedure.
4822 4823
4823 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4824 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4824 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4825 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4825 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4826 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4826 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4827 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4827 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4828 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4828 must be accessible by the kernel. 4829 must be accessible by the kernel.
4829 4830
4830 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4831 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4831 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4832 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4832 defined. 4833 defined.
4833 4834
4834 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4835 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4835 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4836 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4836 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4837 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4837 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4838 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4838 it must be saved and board must be reset. 4839 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4839 4840
4840 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4841 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4841 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4842 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4842 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4843 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4843 is usually what you want since it allows for 4844 is usually what you want since it allows for
4844 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4845 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4845 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4846 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
4846 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4847 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
4847 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4848 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4848 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4849 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4849 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4850 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4850 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4851 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
4851 4852
4852 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4853 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4853 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4854 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4854 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4855 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4855 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4856 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4856 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4857 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4857 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4858 12 MB as well - this can be done with
4858 4859
4859 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4860 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
4860 4861
4861 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4862 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4862 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4863 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4863 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4864 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4864 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4865 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4865 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4866 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4866 boot time on your system, but requires that this 4867 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4867 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4868 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
4868 4869
4869 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4870 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4870 4871
4871 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4872 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4872 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4873 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
4873 4874
4874 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4875 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
4875 4876
4876 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4877 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4877 4878
4878 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4879 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
4879 4880
4880 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4881 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
4881 4882
4882 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4883 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
4883 4884
4884 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4885 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
4885 4886
4886 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4887 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4887 For example you can do the following 4888 For example you can do the following
4888 4889
4889 => setenv ethact FEC 4890 => setenv ethact FEC
4890 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4891 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4891 => setenv ethact SCC 4892 => setenv ethact SCC
4892 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4893 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
4893 4894
4894 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4895 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4895 available network interfaces. 4896 available network interfaces.
4896 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4897 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4897 4898
4898 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4899 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
4899 either succeed or fail without retrying. 4900 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4900 When set to "once" the network operation will 4901 When set to "once" the network operation will
4901 fail when all the available network interfaces 4902 fail when all the available network interfaces
4902 are tried once without success. 4903 are tried once without success.
4903 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4904 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4904 themselves. 4905 themselves.
4905 4906
4906 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4907 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
4907 4908
4908 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by 4909 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4909 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 4910 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4910 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 4911 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4911 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 4912 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4912 is silent. 4913 is silent.
4913 4914
4914 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4915 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
4915 UDP source port. 4916 UDP source port.
4916 4917
4917 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4918 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4918 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4919 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4919 4920
4920 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4921 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4921 we use the TFTP server's default block size 4922 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4922 4923
4923 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4924 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4924 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4925 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4925 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4926 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4926 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4927 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4927 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4928 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4928 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4929 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4929 with unreliable TFTP servers. 4930 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4930 4931
4931 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4932 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
4932 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4933 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
4933 VLAN tagged frames. 4934 VLAN tagged frames.
4934 4935
4935 The following image location variables contain the location of images 4936 The following image location variables contain the location of images
4936 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4937 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4937 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4938 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4938 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4939 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4939 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4940 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4940 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4941 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4941 flash or offset in NAND flash. 4942 flash or offset in NAND flash.
4942 4943
4943 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4944 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4944 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4945 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4945 boards use these variables for other purposes. 4946 boards use these variables for other purposes.
4946 4947
4947 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4948 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4948 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4949 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
4949 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4950 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4950 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4951 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4951 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4952 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4952 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4953 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
4953 4954
4954 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 4955 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4955 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4956 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4956 depending the information provided by your boot server: 4957 depending the information provided by your boot server:
4957 4958
4958 bootfile - see above 4959 bootfile - see above
4959 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4960 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4960 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4961 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4961 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4962 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4962 hostname - Target hostname 4963 hostname - Target hostname
4963 ipaddr - see above 4964 ipaddr - see above
4964 netmask - Subnet Mask 4965 netmask - Subnet Mask
4965 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4966 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4966 serverip - see above 4967 serverip - see above
4967 4968
4968 4969
4969 There are two special Environment Variables: 4970 There are two special Environment Variables:
4970 4971
4971 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4972 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4972 as type string and/or serial number 4973 as type string and/or serial number
4973 ethaddr - Ethernet address 4974 ethaddr - Ethernet address
4974 4975
4975 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4976 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4976 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4977 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4977 once they have been set once. 4978 once they have been set once.
4978 4979
4979 4980
4980 Further special Environment Variables: 4981 Further special Environment Variables:
4981 4982
4982 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4983 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4983 with the "version" command. This variable is 4984 with the "version" command. This variable is
4984 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4985 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
4985 4986
4986 4987
4987 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4988 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4988 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4989 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
4989 4990
4990 4991
4991 Callback functions for environment variables: 4992 Callback functions for environment variables:
4992 --------------------------------------------- 4993 ---------------------------------------------
4993 4994
4994 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4995 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4995 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4996 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4996 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4997 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4997 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4998 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4998 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4999 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4999 5000
5000 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 5001 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5001 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 5002 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5002 5003
5003 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 5004 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5004 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 5005 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5005 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 5006 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5006 associations. The list must be in the following format: 5007 associations. The list must be in the following format:
5007 5008
5008 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 5009 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5009 list = entry[,list] 5010 list = entry[,list]
5010 5011
5011 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 5012 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5012 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 5013 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5013 5014
5014 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 5015 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5015 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 5016 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5016 override any association in the static list. You can define 5017 override any association in the static list. You can define
5017 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 5018 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5018 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 5019 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5019 5020
5020 5021
5021 Command Line Parsing: 5022 Command Line Parsing:
5022 ===================== 5023 =====================
5023 5024
5024 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 5025 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5025 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 5026 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
5026 5027
5027 Old, simple command line parser: 5028 Old, simple command line parser:
5028 -------------------------------- 5029 --------------------------------
5029 5030
5030 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 5031 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5031 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 5032 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
5032 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 5033 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
5033 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 5034 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5034 for example: 5035 for example:
5035 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 5036 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
5036 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 5037 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5037 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 5038 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
5038 5039
5039 Hush shell: 5040 Hush shell:
5040 ----------- 5041 -----------
5041 5042
5042 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 5043 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5043 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 5044 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5044 until...do...done, ... 5045 until...do...done, ...
5045 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 5046 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5046 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 5047 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5047 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 5048 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5048 command 5049 command
5049 5050
5050 General rules: 5051 General rules:
5051 -------------- 5052 --------------
5052 5053
5053 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 5054 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5054 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 5055 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5055 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 5056 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5056 executed anyway. 5057 executed anyway.
5057 5058
5058 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 5059 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
5059 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 5060 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
5060 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 5061 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5061 variables are not executed. 5062 variables are not executed.
5062 5063
5063 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5064 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5064 ======================================= 5065 =======================================
5065 5066
5066 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5067 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5067 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5068 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5068 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5069 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5069 5070
5070 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5071 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5071 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5072 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5072 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5073 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5073 5074
5074 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5075 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5075 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5076 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5076 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5077 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5077 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5078 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5078 5079
5079 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5080 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5080 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5081 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5081 5082
5082 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5083 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5083 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5084 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5084 used. 5085 used.
5085 5086
5086 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5087 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5087 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5088 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5088 5089
5089 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5090 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5090 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5091 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5091 warning is printed. 5092 warning is printed.
5092 5093
5093 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5094 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5094 is raised. 5095 is raised.
5095 5096
5096 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5097 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5097 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5098 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5098 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5099 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5099 The naming convention is as follows: 5100 The naming convention is as follows:
5100 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5101 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5101 5102
5102 Image Formats: 5103 Image Formats:
5103 ============== 5104 ==============
5104 5105
5105 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5106 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5106 images in two formats: 5107 images in two formats:
5107 5108
5108 New uImage format (FIT) 5109 New uImage format (FIT)
5109 ----------------------- 5110 -----------------------
5110 5111
5111 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5112 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5112 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5113 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5113 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5114 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5114 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5115 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5115 5116
5116 5117
5117 Old uImage format 5118 Old uImage format
5118 ----------------- 5119 -----------------
5119 5120
5120 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5121 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5121 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5122 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5122 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5123 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5123 5124
5124 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5125 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5125 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5126 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5126 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5127 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5127 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5128 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5128 INTEGRITY). 5129 INTEGRITY).
5129 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5130 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5130 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5131 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5131 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5132 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5132 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5133 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5133 * Load Address 5134 * Load Address
5134 * Entry Point 5135 * Entry Point
5135 * Image Name 5136 * Image Name
5136 * Image Timestamp 5137 * Image Timestamp
5137 5138
5138 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5139 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5139 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5140 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5140 CRC32 checksums. 5141 CRC32 checksums.
5141 5142
5142 5143
5143 Linux Support: 5144 Linux Support:
5144 ============== 5145 ==============
5145 5146
5146 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5147 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5147 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5148 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5148 U-Boot. 5149 U-Boot.
5149 5150
5150 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5151 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5151 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5152 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5152 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5153 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5153 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5154 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5154 serves several purposes: 5155 serves several purposes:
5155 5156
5156 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5157 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5157 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5158 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5158 Flash memory footprint) 5159 Flash memory footprint)
5159 5160
5160 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5161 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5161 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5162 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5162 5163
5163 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5164 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5164 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5165 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5165 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5166 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5166 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5167 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5167 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5168 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5168 software is easier now. 5169 software is easier now.
5169 5170
5170 5171
5171 Linux HOWTO: 5172 Linux HOWTO:
5172 ============ 5173 ============
5173 5174
5174 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5175 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5175 --------------------------------------- 5176 ---------------------------------------
5176 5177
5177 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5178 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5178 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5179 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5179 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5180 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5180 Linux :-). 5181 Linux :-).
5181 5182
5182 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5183 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5183 5184
5184 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5185 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5185 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5186 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5186 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5187 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5187 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5188 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5188 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5189 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5189 5190
5190 5191
5191 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5192 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5192 ----------------------------- 5193 -----------------------------
5193 5194
5194 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5195 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5195 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5196 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5196 5197
5197 5198
5198 Building a Linux Image: 5199 Building a Linux Image:
5199 ----------------------- 5200 -----------------------
5200 5201
5201 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5202 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5202 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5203 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5203 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5204 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5204 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5205 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5205 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5206 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5206 100% compatible format. 5207 100% compatible format.
5207 5208
5208 Example: 5209 Example:
5209 5210
5210 make TQM850L_config 5211 make TQM850L_config
5211 make oldconfig 5212 make oldconfig
5212 make dep 5213 make dep
5213 make uImage 5214 make uImage
5214 5215
5215 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5216 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5216 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5217 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5217 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5218 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5218 5219
5219 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5220 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5220 5221
5221 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5222 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5222 5223
5223 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5224 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5224 -R .note -R .comment \ 5225 -R .note -R .comment \
5225 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5226 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5226 5227
5227 * compress the binary image: 5228 * compress the binary image:
5228 5229
5229 gzip -9 linux.bin 5230 gzip -9 linux.bin
5230 5231
5231 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5232 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5232 5233
5233 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5234 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5234 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5235 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5235 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5236 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5236 5237
5237 5238
5238 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5239 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5239 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5240 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5240 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5241 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5241 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5242 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5242 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5243 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5243 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5244 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5244 5245
5245 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5246 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5246 print the header information, or to build new images. 5247 print the header information, or to build new images.
5247 5248
5248 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5249 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5249 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5250 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5250 checksum verification: 5251 checksum verification:
5251 5252
5252 tools/mkimage -l image 5253 tools/mkimage -l image
5253 -l ==> list image header information 5254 -l ==> list image header information
5254 5255
5255 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5256 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5256 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5257 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5257 5258
5258 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5259 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5259 -n name -d data_file image 5260 -n name -d data_file image
5260 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5261 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5261 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5262 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5262 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5263 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5263 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5264 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5264 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5265 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5265 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5266 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5266 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5267 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5267 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5268 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5268 5269
5269 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5270 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5270 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5271 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5271 kernel version: 5272 kernel version:
5272 5273
5273 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5274 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5274 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5275 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5275 5276
5276 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5277 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5277 5278
5278 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5279 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5279 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5280 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5280 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5281 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5281 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5282 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5282 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5283 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5283 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5284 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5284 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5285 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5285 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5286 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5286 Load Address: 0x00000000 5287 Load Address: 0x00000000
5287 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5288 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5288 5289
5289 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5290 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5290 5291
5291 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5292 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5292 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5293 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5293 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5294 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5294 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5295 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5295 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5296 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5296 Load Address: 0x00000000 5297 Load Address: 0x00000000
5297 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5298 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5298 5299
5299 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5300 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5300 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5301 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5301 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5302 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5302 need to be uncompressed: 5303 need to be uncompressed:
5303 5304
5304 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5305 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5305 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5306 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5306 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5307 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5307 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5308 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5308 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5309 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5309 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5310 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5310 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5311 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5311 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5312 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5312 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5313 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5313 Load Address: 0x00000000 5314 Load Address: 0x00000000
5314 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5315 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5315 5316
5316 5317
5317 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5318 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5318 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5319 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5319 5320
5320 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5321 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5321 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5322 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5322 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5323 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5323 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5324 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5324 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5325 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5325 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5326 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5326 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5327 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5327 Load Address: 0x00000000 5328 Load Address: 0x00000000
5328 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5329 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5329 5330
5330 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5331 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5331 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5332 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5332 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5333 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5333 from the image: 5334 from the image:
5334 5335
5335 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file 5336 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5336 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ 5337 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5337 indexed by 'position' 5338 indexed by 'position'
5338 5339
5339 5340
5340 Installing a Linux Image: 5341 Installing a Linux Image:
5341 ------------------------- 5342 -------------------------
5342 5343
5343 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5344 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5344 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5345 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5345 5346
5346 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5347 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5347 5348
5348 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5349 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5349 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5350 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5350 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5351 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5351 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5352 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5352 command. 5353 command.
5353 5354
5354 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5355 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5355 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5356 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5356 5357
5357 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5358 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5358 5359
5359 .......... done 5360 .......... done
5360 Erased 8 sectors 5361 Erased 8 sectors
5361 5362
5362 => loads 40100000 5363 => loads 40100000
5363 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5364 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5364 ~>examples/image.srec 5365 ~>examples/image.srec
5365 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5366 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5366 ... 5367 ...
5367 15989 15990 15991 15992 5368 15989 15990 15991 15992
5368 [file transfer complete] 5369 [file transfer complete]
5369 [connected] 5370 [connected]
5370 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5371 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5371 5372
5372 5373
5373 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5374 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5374 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5375 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5375 corruption happened: 5376 corruption happened:
5376 5377
5377 => imi 40100000 5378 => imi 40100000
5378 5379
5379 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5380 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5380 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5381 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5381 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5382 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5382 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5383 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5383 Load Address: 00000000 5384 Load Address: 00000000
5384 Entry Point: 0000000c 5385 Entry Point: 0000000c
5385 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5386 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5386 5387
5387 5388
5388 Boot Linux: 5389 Boot Linux:
5389 ----------- 5390 -----------
5390 5391
5391 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5392 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5392 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5393 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5393 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5394 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5394 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5395 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5395 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5396 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5396 5397
5397 5398
5398 => printenv bootargs 5399 => printenv bootargs
5399 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5400 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5400 5401
5401 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5402 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5402 5403
5403 => printenv bootargs 5404 => printenv bootargs
5404 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5405 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5405 5406
5406 => bootm 40020000 5407 => bootm 40020000
5407 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5408 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5408 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5409 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5409 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5410 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5410 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5411 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5411 Load Address: 00000000 5412 Load Address: 00000000
5412 Entry Point: 0000000c 5413 Entry Point: 0000000c
5413 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5414 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5414 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5415 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5415 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5416 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5416 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5417 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5417 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5418 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5418 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5419 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5419 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5420 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5420 ... 5421 ...
5421 5422
5422 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5423 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5423 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5424 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5424 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5425 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5425 5426
5426 => imi 40100000 40200000 5427 => imi 40100000 40200000
5427 5428
5428 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5429 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5429 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5430 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5430 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5431 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5431 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5432 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5432 Load Address: 00000000 5433 Load Address: 00000000
5433 Entry Point: 0000000c 5434 Entry Point: 0000000c
5434 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5435 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5435 5436
5436 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5437 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5437 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5438 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5438 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5439 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5439 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5440 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5440 Load Address: 00000000 5441 Load Address: 00000000
5441 Entry Point: 00000000 5442 Entry Point: 00000000
5442 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5443 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5443 5444
5444 => bootm 40100000 40200000 5445 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5445 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5446 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5446 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5447 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5447 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5448 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5448 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5449 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5449 Load Address: 00000000 5450 Load Address: 00000000
5450 Entry Point: 0000000c 5451 Entry Point: 0000000c
5451 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5452 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5452 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5453 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5453 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5454 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5454 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5455 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5455 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5456 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5456 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5457 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5457 Load Address: 00000000 5458 Load Address: 00000000
5458 Entry Point: 00000000 5459 Entry Point: 00000000
5459 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5460 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5460 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5461 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5461 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5462 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5462 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5463 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5463 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5464 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5464 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5465 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5465 ... 5466 ...
5466 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5467 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5467 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5468 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
5468 5469
5469 bash# 5470 bash#
5470 5471
5471 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5472 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5472 ----------- 5473 -----------
5473 5474
5474 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5475 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5475 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5476 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5476 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5477 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5477 flat device tree: 5478 flat device tree:
5478 5479
5479 => print oftaddr 5480 => print oftaddr
5480 oftaddr=0x300000 5481 oftaddr=0x300000
5481 => print oft 5482 => print oft
5482 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5483 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5483 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 5484 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
5484 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5485 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5485 Using TSEC0 device 5486 Using TSEC0 device
5486 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5487 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5487 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5488 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5488 Load address: 0x300000 5489 Load address: 0x300000
5489 Loading: # 5490 Loading: #
5490 done 5491 done
5491 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5492 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5492 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5493 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5493 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5494 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5494 Using TSEC0 device 5495 Using TSEC0 device
5495 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5496 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5496 Filename 'uImage'. 5497 Filename 'uImage'.
5497 Load address: 0x200000 5498 Load address: 0x200000
5498 Loading:############ 5499 Loading:############
5499 done 5500 done
5500 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5501 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5501 => print loadaddr 5502 => print loadaddr
5502 loadaddr=200000 5503 loadaddr=200000
5503 => print oftaddr 5504 => print oftaddr
5504 oftaddr=0x300000 5505 oftaddr=0x300000
5505 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5506 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5506 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5507 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5507 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5508 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5508 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5509 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5509 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5510 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5510 Load Address: 00000000 5511 Load Address: 00000000
5511 Entry Point: 00000000 5512 Entry Point: 00000000
5512 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5513 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5513 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5514 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5514 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5515 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5515 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5516 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5516 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5517 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5517 [snip] 5518 [snip]
5518 5519
5519 5520
5520 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5521 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5521 ------------------------------ 5522 ------------------------------
5522 5523
5523 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5524 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5524 5525
5525 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5526 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5526 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5527 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5527 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5528 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5528 the Standalone Program. 5529 the Standalone Program.
5529 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5530 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5530 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5531 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5531 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5532 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5532 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5533 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5533 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5534 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5534 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5535 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5535 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5536 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5536 being started. 5537 being started.
5537 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5538 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5538 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5539 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5539 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5540 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5540 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5541 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5541 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5542 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5542 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5543 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5543 5544
5544 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5545 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5545 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5546 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5546 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5547 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5547 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5548 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5548 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5549 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5549 a multiple of 4 bytes). 5550 a multiple of 4 bytes).
5550 5551
5551 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5552 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5552 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5553 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5553 flash memory. 5554 flash memory.
5554 5555
5555 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5556 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5556 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5557 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5557 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5558 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5558 as command interpreter. 5559 as command interpreter.
5559 5560
5560 Booting the Linux zImage: 5561 Booting the Linux zImage:
5561 ------------------------- 5562 -------------------------
5562 5563
5563 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5564 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5564 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5565 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5565 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 5566 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5566 5567
5567 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5568 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
5568 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5569 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5569 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5570 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5570 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5571 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5571 5572
5572 5573
5573 Standalone HOWTO: 5574 Standalone HOWTO:
5574 ================= 5575 =================
5575 5576
5576 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5577 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5577 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5578 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5578 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5579 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
5579 5580
5580 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 5581 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
5581 5582
5582 "Hello World" Demo: 5583 "Hello World" Demo:
5583 ------------------- 5584 -------------------
5584 5585
5585 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5586 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5586 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5587 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5587 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5588 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5588 like that: 5589 like that:
5589 5590
5590 => loads 5591 => loads
5591 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5592 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5592 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5593 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5593 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5594 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5594 [file transfer complete] 5595 [file transfer complete]
5595 [connected] 5596 [connected]
5596 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5597 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5597 5598
5598 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5599 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5599 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5600 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5600 Hello World 5601 Hello World
5601 argc = 7 5602 argc = 7
5602 argv[0] = "40004" 5603 argv[0] = "40004"
5603 argv[1] = "Hello" 5604 argv[1] = "Hello"
5604 argv[2] = "World!" 5605 argv[2] = "World!"
5605 argv[3] = "This" 5606 argv[3] = "This"
5606 argv[4] = "is" 5607 argv[4] = "is"
5607 argv[5] = "a" 5608 argv[5] = "a"
5608 argv[6] = "test." 5609 argv[6] = "test."
5609 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5610 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5610 Hit any key to exit ... 5611 Hit any key to exit ...
5611 5612
5612 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5613 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5613 5614
5614 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5615 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5615 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5616 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5616 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5617 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5617 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5618 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5618 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5619 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5619 controlled by the following keys: 5620 controlled by the following keys:
5620 5621
5621 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5622 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5622 b - enable interrupts and start timer 5623 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5623 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5624 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5624 q - quit application 5625 q - quit application
5625 5626
5626 => loads 5627 => loads
5627 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5628 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5628 ~>examples/timer.srec 5629 ~>examples/timer.srec
5629 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5630 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5630 [file transfer complete] 5631 [file transfer complete]
5631 [connected] 5632 [connected]
5632 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5633 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5633 5634
5634 => go 40004 5635 => go 40004
5635 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5636 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5636 TIMERS=0xfff00980 5637 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5637 Using timer 1 5638 Using timer 1
5638 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5639 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
5639 5640
5640 Hit 'b': 5641 Hit 'b':
5641 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5642 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5642 Enabling timer 5643 Enabling timer
5643 Hit '?': 5644 Hit '?':
5644 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5645 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5645 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5646 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5646 Hit '?': 5647 Hit '?':
5647 [q, b, e, ?] . 5648 [q, b, e, ?] .
5648 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5649 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5649 Hit '?': 5650 Hit '?':
5650 [q, b, e, ?] . 5651 [q, b, e, ?] .
5651 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5652 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5652 Hit '?': 5653 Hit '?':
5653 [q, b, e, ?] . 5654 [q, b, e, ?] .
5654 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5655 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5655 Hit 'e': 5656 Hit 'e':
5656 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5657 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5657 Hit 'q': 5658 Hit 'q':
5658 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5659 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5659 5660
5660 5661
5661 Minicom warning: 5662 Minicom warning:
5662 ================ 5663 ================
5663 5664
5664 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5665 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5665 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5666 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5666 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5667 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5667 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5668 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5668 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5669 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
5669 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5670 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5670 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5671 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5671 for help with kermit. 5672 for help with kermit.
5672 5673
5673 5674
5674 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5675 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5675 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5676 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
5676 5677
5677 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5678 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5678 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5679 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5679 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5680 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
5680 5681
5681 5682
5682 NetBSD Notes: 5683 NetBSD Notes:
5683 ============= 5684 =============
5684 5685
5685 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5686 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5686 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5687 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
5687 5688
5688 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5689 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5689 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5690 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5690 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5691 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5691 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5692 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5692 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5693 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5693 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5694 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
5694 5695
5695 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5696 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5696 # mkdir powerpc 5697 # mkdir powerpc
5697 # ln -s powerpc machine 5698 # ln -s powerpc machine
5698 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5699 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5699 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5700 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
5700 5701
5701 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5702 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5702 and U-Boot include files. 5703 and U-Boot include files.
5703 5704
5704 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5705 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5705 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5706 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5706 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5707 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5707 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5708 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
5708 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5709 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
5709 5710
5710 5711
5711 Implementation Internals: 5712 Implementation Internals:
5712 ========================= 5713 =========================
5713 5714
5714 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5715 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5715 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5716 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5716 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5717 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5717 hardware. 5718 hardware.
5718 5719
5719 5720
5720 Initial Stack, Global Data: 5721 Initial Stack, Global Data:
5721 --------------------------- 5722 ---------------------------
5722 5723
5723 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5724 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5724 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5725 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5725 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5726 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5726 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5727 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5727 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5728 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5728 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5729 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5729 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5730 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5730 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5731 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5731 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5732 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5732 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5733 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
5733 5734
5734 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5735 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
5735 U-Boot mailing list: 5736 U-Boot mailing list:
5736 5737
5737 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5738 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5738 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5739 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5739 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5740 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5740 ... 5741 ...
5741 5742
5742 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5743 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5743 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5744 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5744 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5745 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5745 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5746 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5746 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5747 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
5747 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5748 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
5748 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5749 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5749 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5750 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
5750 5751
5751 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5752 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5752 is another option for the system designer to use as an 5753 is another option for the system designer to use as an
5753 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5754 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
5754 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5755 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5755 board designers haven't used it for something that would 5756 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5756 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5757 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5757 used. 5758 used.
5758 5759
5759 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5760 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
5760 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5761 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5761 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5762 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
5762 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5763 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
5763 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5764 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5764 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5765 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5765 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5766 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5766 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5767 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5767 you get the config right. 5768 you get the config right.
5768 5769
5769 -Chris Hallinan 5770 -Chris Hallinan
5770 DS4.COM, Inc. 5771 DS4.COM, Inc.
5771 5772
5772 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5773 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5773 code for the initialization procedures: 5774 code for the initialization procedures:
5774 5775
5775 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5776 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5776 to write it. 5777 to write it.
5777 5778
5778 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5779 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
5779 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5780 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5780 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5781 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
5781 5782
5782 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5783 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5783 that. 5784 that.
5784 5785
5785 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5786 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5786 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5787 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5787 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5788 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5788 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5789 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5789 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5790 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5790 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5791 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5791 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5792 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5792 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5793 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5793 reserve for this purpose. 5794 reserve for this purpose.
5794 5795
5795 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5796 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5796 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5797 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5797 GCC's implementation. 5798 GCC's implementation.
5798 5799
5799 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5800 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5800 R1: stack pointer 5801 R1: stack pointer
5801 R2: reserved for system use 5802 R2: reserved for system use
5802 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5803 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5803 R5-R10: parameter passing 5804 R5-R10: parameter passing
5804 R13: small data area pointer 5805 R13: small data area pointer
5805 R30: GOT pointer 5806 R30: GOT pointer
5806 R31: frame pointer 5807 R31: frame pointer
5807 5808
5808 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5809 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5809 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5810 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5810 going back and forth between asm and C) 5811 going back and forth between asm and C)
5811 5812
5812 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5813 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
5813 5814
5814 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5815 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5815 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5816 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5816 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5817 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5817 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5818 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5818 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5819 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5819 624 text + 127 data). 5820 624 text + 127 data).
5820 5821
5821 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5822 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
5822 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5823 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5823 5824
5824 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5825 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
5825 5826
5826 On ARM, the following registers are used: 5827 On ARM, the following registers are used:
5827 5828
5828 R0: function argument word/integer result 5829 R0: function argument word/integer result
5829 R1-R3: function argument word 5830 R1-R3: function argument word
5830 R9: platform specific 5831 R9: platform specific
5831 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 5832 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
5832 R11: argument (frame) pointer 5833 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5833 R12: temporary workspace 5834 R12: temporary workspace
5834 R13: stack pointer 5835 R13: stack pointer
5835 R14: link register 5836 R14: link register
5836 R15: program counter 5837 R15: program counter
5837 5838
5838 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 5839 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5839 5840
5840 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 5841 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
5841 5842
5842 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5843 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5843 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5844 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5844 5845
5845 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5846 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5846 5847
5847 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5848 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5848 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5849 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5849 5850
5850 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 5851 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5851 5852
5852 R0-R1: argument/return 5853 R0-R1: argument/return
5853 R2-R5: argument 5854 R2-R5: argument
5854 R15: temporary register for assembler 5855 R15: temporary register for assembler
5855 R16: trampoline register 5856 R16: trampoline register
5856 R28: frame pointer (FP) 5857 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5857 R29: global pointer (GP) 5858 R29: global pointer (GP)
5858 R30: link register (LP) 5859 R30: link register (LP)
5859 R31: stack pointer (SP) 5860 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5860 PC: program counter (PC) 5861 PC: program counter (PC)
5861 5862
5862 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5863 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5863 5864
5864 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5865 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5865 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5866 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
5866 5867
5867 Memory Management: 5868 Memory Management:
5868 ------------------ 5869 ------------------
5869 5870
5870 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5871 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5871 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5872 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
5872 5873
5873 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5874 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5874 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5875 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5875 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5876 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5876 physical memory banks. 5877 physical memory banks.
5877 5878
5878 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5879 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5879 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5880 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5880 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5881 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5881 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5882 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
5882 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5883 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
5883 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5884 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5884 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5885 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
5885 5886
5886 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5887 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5887 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5888 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
5888 5889
5889 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5890 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5890 this: 5891 this:
5891 5892
5892 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5893 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5893 : 5894 :
5894 0x0000 1FFF 5895 0x0000 1FFF
5895 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5896 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5896 : 5897 :
5897 : 5898 :
5898 5899
5899 : 5900 :
5900 : 5901 :
5901 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5902 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5902 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5903 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5903 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5904 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5904 : 5905 :
5905 0x00FD FFFF 5906 0x00FD FFFF
5906 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5907 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5907 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5908 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5908 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5909 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5909 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5910 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
5910 5911
5911 5912
5912 System Initialization: 5913 System Initialization:
5913 ---------------------- 5914 ----------------------
5914 5915
5915 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5916 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
5916 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5917 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
5917 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5918 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5918 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5919 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5919 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5920 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5920 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5921 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5921 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5922 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5922 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5923 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5923 the caches and the SIU. 5924 the caches and the SIU.
5924 5925
5925 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5926 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5926 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5927 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5927 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5928 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5928 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5929 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5929 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5930 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5930 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5931 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5931 banks. 5932 banks.
5932 5933
5933 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5934 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5934 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5935 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5935 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5936 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
5936 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5937 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5937 contiguous memory starting from 0. 5938 contiguous memory starting from 0.
5938 5939
5939 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5940 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5940 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5941 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5941 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5942 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5942 pages, and the final stack is set up. 5943 pages, and the final stack is set up.
5943 5944
5944 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5945 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5945 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5946 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5946 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5947 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5947 new address in RAM. 5948 new address in RAM.
5948 5949
5949 5950
5950 U-Boot Porting Guide: 5951 U-Boot Porting Guide:
5951 ---------------------- 5952 ----------------------
5952 5953
5953 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5954 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5954 list, October 2002] 5955 list, October 2002]
5955 5956
5956 5957
5957 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5958 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
5958 { 5959 {
5959 sighandler_t no_more_time; 5960 sighandler_t no_more_time;
5960 5961
5961 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5962 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5962 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5963 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
5963 5964
5964 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5965 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
5965 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5966 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
5966 return 0; 5967 return 0;
5967 } 5968 }
5968 5969
5969 Download latest U-Boot source; 5970 Download latest U-Boot source;
5970 5971
5971 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5972 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
5972 5973
5973 if (clueless) 5974 if (clueless)
5974 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5975 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
5975 5976
5976 while (learning) { 5977 while (learning) {
5977 Read the README file in the top level directory; 5978 Read the README file in the top level directory;
5978 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5979 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5979 Read applicable doc/*.README; 5980 Read applicable doc/*.README;
5980 Read the source, Luke; 5981 Read the source, Luke;
5981 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5982 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
5982 } 5983 }
5983 5984
5984 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5985 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5985 Buy a BDI3000; 5986 Buy a BDI3000;
5986 else 5987 else
5987 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5988 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
5988 5989
5989 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5990 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5990 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5991 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5991 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5992 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5992 } else { 5993 } else {
5993 Create your own board support subdirectory; 5994 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5994 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5995 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5995 } 5996 }
5996 Edit new board/<myboard> files 5997 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5997 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5998 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
5998 5999
5999 while (!accepted) { 6000 while (!accepted) {
6000 while (!running) { 6001 while (!running) {
6001 do { 6002 do {
6002 Add / modify source code; 6003 Add / modify source code;
6003 } until (compiles); 6004 } until (compiles);
6004 Debug; 6005 Debug;
6005 if (clueless) 6006 if (clueless)
6006 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 6007 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6007 } 6008 }
6008 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 6009 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6009 if (reasonable critiques) 6010 if (reasonable critiques)
6010 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 6011 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6011 else 6012 else
6012 Defend code as written; 6013 Defend code as written;
6013 } 6014 }
6014 6015
6015 return 0; 6016 return 0;
6016 } 6017 }
6017 6018
6018 void no_more_time (int sig) 6019 void no_more_time (int sig)
6019 { 6020 {
6020 hire_a_guru(); 6021 hire_a_guru();
6021 } 6022 }
6022 6023
6023 6024
6024 Coding Standards: 6025 Coding Standards:
6025 ----------------- 6026 -----------------
6026 6027
6027 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 6028 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
6028 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 6029 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
6029 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 6030 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
6030 6031
6031 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 6032 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6032 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 6033 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6033 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 6034 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6034 sources. 6035 sources.
6035 6036
6036 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 6037 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6037 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 6038 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6038 in your code. 6039 in your code.
6039 6040
6040 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 6041 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6041 - remove any trailing white space 6042 - remove any trailing white space
6042 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 6043 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
6043 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 6044 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
6044 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 6045 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
6045 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 6046 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6046 6047
6047 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 6048 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6048 with a request to reformat the changes. 6049 with a request to reformat the changes.
6049 6050
6050 6051
6051 Submitting Patches: 6052 Submitting Patches:
6052 ------------------- 6053 -------------------
6053 6054
6054 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 6055 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6055 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 6056 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6056 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 6057 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
6057 6058
6058 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 6059 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
6059 6060
6060 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 6061 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6061 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6062 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6062 6063
6063 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6064 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6064 it: 6065 it:
6065 6066
6066 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6067 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6067 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6068 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6068 patch actually fixes something. 6069 patch actually fixes something.
6069 6070
6070 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6071 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6071 implementation. 6072 implementation.
6072 6073
6073 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6074 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6074 6075
6075 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 6076 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6076 6077
6077 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6078 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6078 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6079 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6079 6080
6080 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6081 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6081 document these in the README file. 6082 document these in the README file.
6082 6083
6083 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6084 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6084 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6085 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6085 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6086 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6086 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6087 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6087 with some other mail clients. 6088 with some other mail clients.
6088 6089
6089 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6090 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6090 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6091 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6091 GNU diff. 6092 GNU diff.
6092 6093
6093 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6094 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6094 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6095 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6095 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6096 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6096 affected files). 6097 affected files).
6097 6098
6098 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6099 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6099 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6100 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6100 6101
6101 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6102 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6102 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6103 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6103 6104
6104 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6105 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6105 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6106 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6106 6107
6107 6108
6108 Notes: 6109 Notes:
6109 6110
6110 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 6111 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6111 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6112 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6112 for any of the boards. 6113 for any of the boards.
6113 6114
6114 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6115 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6115 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6116 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6116 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6117 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6117 6118
6118 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6119 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6119 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6120 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6120 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6121 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6121 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6122 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6122 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6123 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6123 modification. 6124 modification.
6124 6125
6125 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6126 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6126 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6127 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6127 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6128 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6128 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6129 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6129 6130
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
Diff comments   View file @ 8be05ef
1 /* 1 /*
2 * armboot - Startup Code for OMAP3530/ARM Cortex CPU-core 2 * armboot - Startup Code for OMAP3530/ARM Cortex CPU-core
3 * 3 *
4 * Copyright (c) 2004 Texas Instruments <r-woodruff2@ti.com> 4 * Copyright (c) 2004 Texas Instruments <r-woodruff2@ti.com>
5 * 5 *
6 * Copyright (c) 2001 Marius Grรถger <mag@sysgo.de> 6 * Copyright (c) 2001 Marius Grรถger <mag@sysgo.de>
7 * Copyright (c) 2002 Alex Zรผpke <azu@sysgo.de> 7 * Copyright (c) 2002 Alex Zรผpke <azu@sysgo.de>
8 * Copyright (c) 2002 Gary Jennejohn <garyj@denx.de> 8 * Copyright (c) 2002 Gary Jennejohn <garyj@denx.de>
9 * Copyright (c) 2003 Richard Woodruff <r-woodruff2@ti.com> 9 * Copyright (c) 2003 Richard Woodruff <r-woodruff2@ti.com>
10 * Copyright (c) 2003 Kshitij <kshitij@ti.com> 10 * Copyright (c) 2003 Kshitij <kshitij@ti.com>
11 * Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Syed Mohammed Khasim <x0khasim@ti.com> 11 * Copyright (c) 2006-2008 Syed Mohammed Khasim <x0khasim@ti.com>
12 * 12 *
13 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 13 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
14 */ 14 */
15 15
16 #include <asm-offsets.h> 16 #include <asm-offsets.h>
17 #include <config.h> 17 #include <config.h>
18 #include <version.h> 18 #include <version.h>
19 #include <asm/system.h> 19 #include <asm/system.h>
20 #include <linux/linkage.h> 20 #include <linux/linkage.h>
21 21
22 .globl _start 22 .globl _start
23 _start: b reset 23 _start: b reset
24 ldr pc, _undefined_instruction 24 ldr pc, _undefined_instruction
25 ldr pc, _software_interrupt 25 ldr pc, _software_interrupt
26 ldr pc, _prefetch_abort 26 ldr pc, _prefetch_abort
27 ldr pc, _data_abort 27 ldr pc, _data_abort
28 ldr pc, _not_used 28 ldr pc, _not_used
29 ldr pc, _irq 29 ldr pc, _irq
30 ldr pc, _fiq 30 ldr pc, _fiq
31 #ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 31 #ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
32 _undefined_instruction: .word _undefined_instruction 32 _undefined_instruction: .word _undefined_instruction
33 _software_interrupt: .word _software_interrupt 33 _software_interrupt: .word _software_interrupt
34 _prefetch_abort: .word _prefetch_abort 34 _prefetch_abort: .word _prefetch_abort
35 _data_abort: .word _data_abort 35 _data_abort: .word _data_abort
36 _not_used: .word _not_used 36 _not_used: .word _not_used
37 _irq: .word _irq 37 _irq: .word _irq
38 _fiq: .word _fiq 38 _fiq: .word _fiq
39 _pad: .word 0x12345678 /* now 16*4=64 */ 39 _pad: .word 0x12345678 /* now 16*4=64 */
40 #else 40 #else
41 .globl _undefined_instruction 41 .globl _undefined_instruction
42 _undefined_instruction: .word undefined_instruction 42 _undefined_instruction: .word undefined_instruction
43 .globl _software_interrupt 43 .globl _software_interrupt
44 _software_interrupt: .word software_interrupt 44 _software_interrupt: .word software_interrupt
45 .globl _prefetch_abort 45 .globl _prefetch_abort
46 _prefetch_abort: .word prefetch_abort 46 _prefetch_abort: .word prefetch_abort
47 .globl _data_abort 47 .globl _data_abort
48 _data_abort: .word data_abort 48 _data_abort: .word data_abort
49 .globl _not_used 49 .globl _not_used
50 _not_used: .word not_used 50 _not_used: .word not_used
51 .globl _irq 51 .globl _irq
52 _irq: .word irq 52 _irq: .word irq
53 .globl _fiq 53 .globl _fiq
54 _fiq: .word fiq 54 _fiq: .word fiq
55 _pad: .word 0x12345678 /* now 16*4=64 */ 55 _pad: .word 0x12345678 /* now 16*4=64 */
56 #endif /* CONFIG_SPL_BUILD */ 56 #endif /* CONFIG_SPL_BUILD */
57 57
58 .global _end_vect 58 .global _end_vect
59 _end_vect: 59 _end_vect:
60 60
61 .balignl 16,0xdeadbeef 61 .balignl 16,0xdeadbeef
62 /************************************************************************* 62 /*************************************************************************
63 * 63 *
64 * Startup Code (reset vector) 64 * Startup Code (reset vector)
65 * 65 *
66 * do important init only if we don't start from memory! 66 * do important init only if we don't start from memory!
67 * setup Memory and board specific bits prior to relocation. 67 * setup Memory and board specific bits prior to relocation.
68 * relocate armboot to ram 68 * relocate armboot to ram
69 * setup stack 69 * setup stack
70 * 70 *
71 *************************************************************************/ 71 *************************************************************************/
72 72
73 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 73 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
74 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) */ 74 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) */
75 .globl IRQ_STACK_START 75 .globl IRQ_STACK_START
76 IRQ_STACK_START: 76 IRQ_STACK_START:
77 .word 0x0badc0de 77 .word 0x0badc0de
78 78
79 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) */ 79 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) */
80 .globl FIQ_STACK_START 80 .globl FIQ_STACK_START
81 FIQ_STACK_START: 81 FIQ_STACK_START:
82 .word 0x0badc0de 82 .word 0x0badc0de
83 #endif 83 #endif
84 84
85 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) + 8 bytes */ 85 /* IRQ stack memory (calculated at run-time) + 8 bytes */
86 .globl IRQ_STACK_START_IN 86 .globl IRQ_STACK_START_IN
87 IRQ_STACK_START_IN: 87 IRQ_STACK_START_IN:
88 .word 0x0badc0de 88 .word 0x0badc0de
89 89
90 /* 90 /*
91 * the actual reset code 91 * the actual reset code
92 */ 92 */
93 93
94 reset: 94 reset:
95 bl save_boot_params 95 bl save_boot_params
96 /* 96 /*
97 * disable interrupts (FIQ and IRQ), also set the cpu to SVC32 mode, 97 * disable interrupts (FIQ and IRQ), also set the cpu to SVC32 mode,
98 * except if in HYP mode already 98 * except if in HYP mode already
99 */ 99 */
100 mrs r0, cpsr 100 mrs r0, cpsr
101 and r1, r0, #0x1f @ mask mode bits 101 and r1, r0, #0x1f @ mask mode bits
102 teq r1, #0x1a @ test for HYP mode 102 teq r1, #0x1a @ test for HYP mode
103 bicne r0, r0, #0x1f @ clear all mode bits 103 bicne r0, r0, #0x1f @ clear all mode bits
104 orrne r0, r0, #0x13 @ set SVC mode 104 orrne r0, r0, #0x13 @ set SVC mode
105 orr r0, r0, #0xc0 @ disable FIQ and IRQ 105 orr r0, r0, #0xc0 @ disable FIQ and IRQ
106 msr cpsr,r0 106 msr cpsr,r0
107 107
108 /* 108 /*
109 * Setup vector: 109 * Setup vector:
110 * (OMAP4 spl TEXT_BASE is not 32 byte aligned. 110 * (OMAP4 spl TEXT_BASE is not 32 byte aligned.
111 * Continue to use ROM code vector only in OMAP4 spl) 111 * Continue to use ROM code vector only in OMAP4 spl)
112 */ 112 */
113 #if !(defined(CONFIG_OMAP44XX) && defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD)) 113 #if !(defined(CONFIG_OMAP44XX) && defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD))
114 /* Set V=0 in CP15 SCTRL register - for VBAR to point to vector */ 114 /* Set V=0 in CP15 SCTRL register - for VBAR to point to vector */
115 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ Read CP15 SCTRL Register 115 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ Read CP15 SCTRL Register
116 bic r0, #CR_V @ V = 0 116 bic r0, #CR_V @ V = 0
117 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ Write CP15 SCTRL Register 117 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ Write CP15 SCTRL Register
118 118
119 /* Set vector address in CP15 VBAR register */ 119 /* Set vector address in CP15 VBAR register */
120 ldr r0, =_start 120 ldr r0, =_start
121 mcr p15, 0, r0, c12, c0, 0 @Set VBAR 121 mcr p15, 0, r0, c12, c0, 0 @Set VBAR
122 #endif 122 #endif
123 123
124 /* the mask ROM code should have PLL and others stable */ 124 /* the mask ROM code should have PLL and others stable */
125 #ifndef CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 125 #ifndef CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
126 bl cpu_init_cp15 126 bl cpu_init_cp15
127 bl cpu_init_crit 127 bl cpu_init_crit
128 #endif 128 #endif
129 129
130 bl _main 130 bl _main
131 131
132 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ 132 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
133 133
134 ENTRY(c_runtime_cpu_setup) 134 ENTRY(c_runtime_cpu_setup)
135 /* 135 /*
136 * If I-cache is enabled invalidate it 136 * If I-cache is enabled invalidate it
137 */ 137 */
138 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF 138 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF
139 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 0 @ invalidate icache 139 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 0 @ invalidate icache
140 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 4 @ DSB 140 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 4 @ DSB
141 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 4 @ ISB 141 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 4 @ ISB
142 #endif 142 #endif
143 /* 143 /*
144 * Move vector table 144 * Move vector table
145 */ 145 */
146 /* Set vector address in CP15 VBAR register */ 146 /* Set vector address in CP15 VBAR register */
147 ldr r0, =_start 147 ldr r0, =_start
148 mcr p15, 0, r0, c12, c0, 0 @Set VBAR 148 mcr p15, 0, r0, c12, c0, 0 @Set VBAR
149 149
150 bx lr 150 bx lr
151 151
152 ENDPROC(c_runtime_cpu_setup) 152 ENDPROC(c_runtime_cpu_setup)
153 153
154 /************************************************************************* 154 /*************************************************************************
155 * 155 *
156 * void save_boot_params(u32 r0, u32 r1, u32 r2, u32 r3) 156 * void save_boot_params(u32 r0, u32 r1, u32 r2, u32 r3)
157 * __attribute__((weak)); 157 * __attribute__((weak));
158 * 158 *
159 * Stack pointer is not yet initialized at this moment 159 * Stack pointer is not yet initialized at this moment
160 * Don't save anything to stack even if compiled with -O0 160 * Don't save anything to stack even if compiled with -O0
161 * 161 *
162 *************************************************************************/ 162 *************************************************************************/
163 ENTRY(save_boot_params) 163 ENTRY(save_boot_params)
164 bx lr @ back to my caller 164 bx lr @ back to my caller
165 ENDPROC(save_boot_params) 165 ENDPROC(save_boot_params)
166 .weak save_boot_params 166 .weak save_boot_params
167 167
168 /************************************************************************* 168 /*************************************************************************
169 * 169 *
170 * cpu_init_cp15 170 * cpu_init_cp15
171 * 171 *
172 * Setup CP15 registers (cache, MMU, TLBs). The I-cache is turned on unless 172 * Setup CP15 registers (cache, MMU, TLBs). The I-cache is turned on unless
173 * CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF is defined. 173 * CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF is defined.
174 * 174 *
175 *************************************************************************/ 175 *************************************************************************/
176 ENTRY(cpu_init_cp15) 176 ENTRY(cpu_init_cp15)
177 /* 177 /*
178 * Invalidate L1 I/D 178 * Invalidate L1 I/D
179 */ 179 */
180 mov r0, #0 @ set up for MCR 180 mov r0, #0 @ set up for MCR
181 mcr p15, 0, r0, c8, c7, 0 @ invalidate TLBs 181 mcr p15, 0, r0, c8, c7, 0 @ invalidate TLBs
182 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 0 @ invalidate icache 182 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 0 @ invalidate icache
183 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 6 @ invalidate BP array 183 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 6 @ invalidate BP array
184 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 4 @ DSB 184 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c10, 4 @ DSB
185 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 4 @ ISB 185 mcr p15, 0, r0, c7, c5, 4 @ ISB
186 186
187 /* 187 /*
188 * disable MMU stuff and caches 188 * disable MMU stuff and caches
189 */ 189 */
190 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 190 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0
191 bic r0, r0, #0x00002000 @ clear bits 13 (--V-) 191 bic r0, r0, #0x00002000 @ clear bits 13 (--V-)
192 bic r0, r0, #0x00000007 @ clear bits 2:0 (-CAM) 192 bic r0, r0, #0x00000007 @ clear bits 2:0 (-CAM)
193 orr r0, r0, #0x00000002 @ set bit 1 (--A-) Align 193 orr r0, r0, #0x00000002 @ set bit 1 (--A-) Align
194 orr r0, r0, #0x00000800 @ set bit 11 (Z---) BTB 194 orr r0, r0, #0x00000800 @ set bit 11 (Z---) BTB
195 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF 195 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF
196 bic r0, r0, #0x00001000 @ clear bit 12 (I) I-cache 196 bic r0, r0, #0x00001000 @ clear bit 12 (I) I-cache
197 #else 197 #else
198 orr r0, r0, #0x00001000 @ set bit 12 (I) I-cache 198 orr r0, r0, #0x00001000 @ set bit 12 (I) I-cache
199 #endif 199 #endif
200 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 200 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0
201 201
202 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 202 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
203 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ read system control register 203 mrc p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ read system control register
204 orr r0, r0, #1 << 11 @ set bit #11 204 orr r0, r0, #1 << 11 @ set bit #11
205 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ write system control register 205 mcr p15, 0, r0, c1, c0, 0 @ write system control register
206 #endif 206 #endif
207 207
208 #if (defined(CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230) || defined(CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072)) 208 #if (defined(CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230) || defined(CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072))
209 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register 209 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register
210 orr r0, r0, #1 << 4 @ set bit #4 210 orr r0, r0, #1 << 4 @ set bit #4
211 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register 211 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register
212 #endif 212 #endif
213 213
214 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 214 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
215 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register 215 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register
216 orr r0, r0, #1 << 6 @ set bit #6 216 orr r0, r0, #1 << 6 @ set bit #6
217 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register 217 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register
218 #endif 218 #endif
219 219
220 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 220 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
221 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register 221 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register
222 orr r0, r0, #1 << 11 @ set bit #11 222 orr r0, r0, #1 << 11 @ set bit #11
223 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register 223 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register
224 #endif 224 #endif
225 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 225 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
226 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register 226 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register
227 orr r0, r0, #1 << 21 @ set bit #21 227 orr r0, r0, #1 << 21 @ set bit #21
228 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register 228 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register
229 #endif 229 #endif
230 #ifdef CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_845369
231 mrc p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ read diagnostic register
232 orr r0, r0, #1 << 22 @ set bit #22
233 mcr p15, 0, r0, c15, c0, 1 @ write diagnostic register
234 #endif
230 235
231 mov pc, lr @ back to my caller 236 mov pc, lr @ back to my caller
232 ENDPROC(cpu_init_cp15) 237 ENDPROC(cpu_init_cp15)
233 238
234 #ifndef CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 239 #ifndef CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
235 /************************************************************************* 240 /*************************************************************************
236 * 241 *
237 * CPU_init_critical registers 242 * CPU_init_critical registers
238 * 243 *
239 * setup important registers 244 * setup important registers
240 * setup memory timing 245 * setup memory timing
241 * 246 *
242 *************************************************************************/ 247 *************************************************************************/
243 ENTRY(cpu_init_crit) 248 ENTRY(cpu_init_crit)
244 /* 249 /*
245 * Jump to board specific initialization... 250 * Jump to board specific initialization...
246 * The Mask ROM will have already initialized 251 * The Mask ROM will have already initialized
247 * basic memory. Go here to bump up clock rate and handle 252 * basic memory. Go here to bump up clock rate and handle
248 * wake up conditions. 253 * wake up conditions.
249 */ 254 */
250 b lowlevel_init @ go setup pll,mux,memory 255 b lowlevel_init @ go setup pll,mux,memory
251 ENDPROC(cpu_init_crit) 256 ENDPROC(cpu_init_crit)
252 #endif 257 #endif
253 258
254 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 259 #ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
255 /* 260 /*
256 ************************************************************************* 261 *************************************************************************
257 * 262 *
258 * Interrupt handling 263 * Interrupt handling
259 * 264 *
260 ************************************************************************* 265 *************************************************************************
261 */ 266 */
262 @ 267 @
263 @ IRQ stack frame. 268 @ IRQ stack frame.
264 @ 269 @
265 #define S_FRAME_SIZE 72 270 #define S_FRAME_SIZE 72
266 271
267 #define S_OLD_R0 68 272 #define S_OLD_R0 68
268 #define S_PSR 64 273 #define S_PSR 64
269 #define S_PC 60 274 #define S_PC 60
270 #define S_LR 56 275 #define S_LR 56
271 #define S_SP 52 276 #define S_SP 52
272 277
273 #define S_IP 48 278 #define S_IP 48
274 #define S_FP 44 279 #define S_FP 44
275 #define S_R10 40 280 #define S_R10 40
276 #define S_R9 36 281 #define S_R9 36
277 #define S_R8 32 282 #define S_R8 32
278 #define S_R7 28 283 #define S_R7 28
279 #define S_R6 24 284 #define S_R6 24
280 #define S_R5 20 285 #define S_R5 20
281 #define S_R4 16 286 #define S_R4 16
282 #define S_R3 12 287 #define S_R3 12
283 #define S_R2 8 288 #define S_R2 8
284 #define S_R1 4 289 #define S_R1 4
285 #define S_R0 0 290 #define S_R0 0
286 291
287 #define MODE_SVC 0x13 292 #define MODE_SVC 0x13
288 #define I_BIT 0x80 293 #define I_BIT 0x80
289 294
290 /* 295 /*
291 * use bad_save_user_regs for abort/prefetch/undef/swi ... 296 * use bad_save_user_regs for abort/prefetch/undef/swi ...
292 * use irq_save_user_regs / irq_restore_user_regs for IRQ/FIQ handling 297 * use irq_save_user_regs / irq_restore_user_regs for IRQ/FIQ handling
293 */ 298 */
294 299
295 .macro bad_save_user_regs 300 .macro bad_save_user_regs
296 sub sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE @ carve out a frame on current 301 sub sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE @ carve out a frame on current
297 @ user stack 302 @ user stack
298 stmia sp, {r0 - r12} @ Save user registers (now in 303 stmia sp, {r0 - r12} @ Save user registers (now in
299 @ svc mode) r0-r12 304 @ svc mode) r0-r12
300 ldr r2, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ set base 2 words into abort 305 ldr r2, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ set base 2 words into abort
301 @ stack 306 @ stack
302 ldmia r2, {r2 - r3} @ get values for "aborted" pc 307 ldmia r2, {r2 - r3} @ get values for "aborted" pc
303 @ and cpsr (into parm regs) 308 @ and cpsr (into parm regs)
304 add r0, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE @ grab pointer to old stack 309 add r0, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE @ grab pointer to old stack
305 310
306 add r5, sp, #S_SP 311 add r5, sp, #S_SP
307 mov r1, lr 312 mov r1, lr
308 stmia r5, {r0 - r3} @ save sp_SVC, lr_SVC, pc, cpsr 313 stmia r5, {r0 - r3} @ save sp_SVC, lr_SVC, pc, cpsr
309 mov r0, sp @ save current stack into r0 314 mov r0, sp @ save current stack into r0
310 @ (param register) 315 @ (param register)
311 .endm 316 .endm
312 317
313 .macro irq_save_user_regs 318 .macro irq_save_user_regs
314 sub sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE 319 sub sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE
315 stmia sp, {r0 - r12} @ Calling r0-r12 320 stmia sp, {r0 - r12} @ Calling r0-r12
316 add r8, sp, #S_PC @ !! R8 NEEDS to be saved !! 321 add r8, sp, #S_PC @ !! R8 NEEDS to be saved !!
317 @ a reserved stack spot would 322 @ a reserved stack spot would
318 @ be good. 323 @ be good.
319 stmdb r8, {sp, lr}^ @ Calling SP, LR 324 stmdb r8, {sp, lr}^ @ Calling SP, LR
320 str lr, [r8, #0] @ Save calling PC 325 str lr, [r8, #0] @ Save calling PC
321 mrs r6, spsr 326 mrs r6, spsr
322 str r6, [r8, #4] @ Save CPSR 327 str r6, [r8, #4] @ Save CPSR
323 str r0, [r8, #8] @ Save OLD_R0 328 str r0, [r8, #8] @ Save OLD_R0
324 mov r0, sp 329 mov r0, sp
325 .endm 330 .endm
326 331
327 .macro irq_restore_user_regs 332 .macro irq_restore_user_regs
328 ldmia sp, {r0 - lr}^ @ Calling r0 - lr 333 ldmia sp, {r0 - lr}^ @ Calling r0 - lr
329 mov r0, r0 334 mov r0, r0
330 ldr lr, [sp, #S_PC] @ Get PC 335 ldr lr, [sp, #S_PC] @ Get PC
331 add sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE 336 add sp, sp, #S_FRAME_SIZE
332 subs pc, lr, #4 @ return & move spsr_svc into 337 subs pc, lr, #4 @ return & move spsr_svc into
333 @ cpsr 338 @ cpsr
334 .endm 339 .endm
335 340
336 .macro get_bad_stack 341 .macro get_bad_stack
337 ldr r13, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ setup our mode stack (enter 342 ldr r13, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ setup our mode stack (enter
338 @ in banked mode) 343 @ in banked mode)
339 344
340 str lr, [r13] @ save caller lr in position 0 345 str lr, [r13] @ save caller lr in position 0
341 @ of saved stack 346 @ of saved stack
342 mrs lr, spsr @ get the spsr 347 mrs lr, spsr @ get the spsr
343 str lr, [r13, #4] @ save spsr in position 1 of 348 str lr, [r13, #4] @ save spsr in position 1 of
344 @ saved stack 349 @ saved stack
345 350
346 mov r13, #MODE_SVC @ prepare SVC-Mode 351 mov r13, #MODE_SVC @ prepare SVC-Mode
347 @ msr spsr_c, r13 352 @ msr spsr_c, r13
348 msr spsr, r13 @ switch modes, make sure 353 msr spsr, r13 @ switch modes, make sure
349 @ moves will execute 354 @ moves will execute
350 mov lr, pc @ capture return pc 355 mov lr, pc @ capture return pc
351 movs pc, lr @ jump to next instruction & 356 movs pc, lr @ jump to next instruction &
352 @ switch modes. 357 @ switch modes.
353 .endm 358 .endm
354 359
355 .macro get_bad_stack_swi 360 .macro get_bad_stack_swi
356 sub r13, r13, #4 @ space on current stack for 361 sub r13, r13, #4 @ space on current stack for
357 @ scratch reg. 362 @ scratch reg.
358 str r0, [r13] @ save R0's value. 363 str r0, [r13] @ save R0's value.
359 ldr r0, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ get data regions start 364 ldr r0, IRQ_STACK_START_IN @ get data regions start
360 @ spots for abort stack 365 @ spots for abort stack
361 str lr, [r0] @ save caller lr in position 0 366 str lr, [r0] @ save caller lr in position 0
362 @ of saved stack 367 @ of saved stack
363 mrs lr, spsr @ get the spsr 368 mrs lr, spsr @ get the spsr
364 str lr, [r0, #4] @ save spsr in position 1 of 369 str lr, [r0, #4] @ save spsr in position 1 of
365 @ saved stack 370 @ saved stack
366 ldr lr, [r0] @ restore lr 371 ldr lr, [r0] @ restore lr
367 ldr r0, [r13] @ restore r0 372 ldr r0, [r13] @ restore r0
368 add r13, r13, #4 @ pop stack entry 373 add r13, r13, #4 @ pop stack entry
369 .endm 374 .endm
370 375
371 .macro get_irq_stack @ setup IRQ stack 376 .macro get_irq_stack @ setup IRQ stack
372 ldr sp, IRQ_STACK_START 377 ldr sp, IRQ_STACK_START
373 .endm 378 .endm
374 379
375 .macro get_fiq_stack @ setup FIQ stack 380 .macro get_fiq_stack @ setup FIQ stack
376 ldr sp, FIQ_STACK_START 381 ldr sp, FIQ_STACK_START
377 .endm 382 .endm
378 383
379 /* 384 /*
380 * exception handlers 385 * exception handlers
381 */ 386 */
382 .align 5 387 .align 5
383 undefined_instruction: 388 undefined_instruction:
384 get_bad_stack 389 get_bad_stack
385 bad_save_user_regs 390 bad_save_user_regs
386 bl do_undefined_instruction 391 bl do_undefined_instruction
387 392
388 .align 5 393 .align 5
389 software_interrupt: 394 software_interrupt:
390 get_bad_stack_swi 395 get_bad_stack_swi
391 bad_save_user_regs 396 bad_save_user_regs
392 bl do_software_interrupt 397 bl do_software_interrupt
393 398
394 .align 5 399 .align 5
395 prefetch_abort: 400 prefetch_abort:
396 get_bad_stack 401 get_bad_stack
397 bad_save_user_regs 402 bad_save_user_regs
398 bl do_prefetch_abort 403 bl do_prefetch_abort
399 404
400 .align 5 405 .align 5
401 data_abort: 406 data_abort:
402 get_bad_stack 407 get_bad_stack
403 bad_save_user_regs 408 bad_save_user_regs
404 bl do_data_abort 409 bl do_data_abort
405 410
406 .align 5 411 .align 5
407 not_used: 412 not_used:
408 get_bad_stack 413 get_bad_stack
409 bad_save_user_regs 414 bad_save_user_regs
410 bl do_not_used 415 bl do_not_used
411 416
412 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 417 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
413 418
414 .align 5 419 .align 5
415 irq: 420 irq:
416 get_irq_stack 421 get_irq_stack
417 irq_save_user_regs 422 irq_save_user_regs
418 bl do_irq 423 bl do_irq
419 irq_restore_user_regs 424 irq_restore_user_regs
420 425
421 .align 5 426 .align 5
422 fiq: 427 fiq:
423 get_fiq_stack 428 get_fiq_stack
424 /* someone ought to write a more effective fiq_save_user_regs */ 429 /* someone ought to write a more effective fiq_save_user_regs */
425 irq_save_user_regs 430 irq_save_user_regs
426 bl do_fiq 431 bl do_fiq
427 irq_restore_user_regs 432 irq_restore_user_regs
428 433
429 #else 434 #else
430 435
431 .align 5 436 .align 5
432 irq: 437 irq:
433 get_bad_stack 438 get_bad_stack
434 bad_save_user_regs 439 bad_save_user_regs
435 bl do_irq 440 bl do_irq
436 441
437 .align 5 442 .align 5
438 fiq: 443 fiq:
439 get_bad_stack 444 get_bad_stack
440 bad_save_user_regs 445 bad_save_user_regs
441 bl do_fiq 446 bl do_fiq
442 447
443 #endif /* CONFIG_USE_IRQ */ 448 #endif /* CONFIG_USE_IRQ */
444 #endif /* CONFIG_SPL_BUILD */ 449 #endif /* CONFIG_SPL_BUILD */
445 450
include/configs/mx6_common.h
Diff comments   View file @ 8be05ef
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 2013, NVIDIA CORPORATION. All rights reserved. 2 * Copyright (c) 2013, NVIDIA CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
3 * 3 *
4 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it 4 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License, 5 * under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
6 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation. 6 * version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
7 * 7 *
8 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT 8 * This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
9 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or 9 * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
10 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for 10 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
11 * more details. 11 * more details.
12 * 12 *
13 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 13 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
14 * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. 14 * along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
15 */ 15 */
16 16
17 #ifndef __MX6_COMMON_H 17 #ifndef __MX6_COMMON_H
18 #define __MX6_COMMON_H 18 #define __MX6_COMMON_H
19 19
20 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 20 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
21 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 21 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
22 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 22 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
23 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 23 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
24 #define CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_845369
24 #define CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT 25 #define CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT
25 #define CONFIG_LDO_BYPASS_CHECK 26 #define CONFIG_LDO_BYPASS_CHECK
26 #define CONFIG_MXC_GPT_HCLK 27 #define CONFIG_MXC_GPT_HCLK
27 28
28 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF 29 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF
29 #define CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 30 #define CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310
30 #define CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE L2_PL310_BASE 31 #define CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE L2_PL310_BASE
31 #endif 32 #endif
32 33
33 #endif 34 #endif
34 35